Title of Invention

A HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITOR

Abstract The invention relates to the inhibition of histone deacetylase, particularly to inhibitors to inhibit histone deacetylase enzymatic activity. The invention provides compounds of Formula (3) for inhibiting histone deacetylase enzymatic activity: or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Cy3, X2 and Ar3 are as defined in the specification, and methods for inhibiting histone deacetylase activity with such compounds. The invention also provides compositions and methods of inhibiting histone deacetylase in a cell in vitro."
4.86 (brs, 2H), 3.54 (s, 3H).
Example 100
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(2-methyl-4-oxo-4H-quinazolin-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (compound
159)
[0244] A suspension of 156 (903 mg, 3.34 mmol) in acetic anhydride (15 mL) was heated at
50°C for 1 h. Acetic anhydride was evaporated under vacuum and the solid material formed was

dissolved in acetic acid (30 mL). This solution was refluxed 48h and evaporated to form another solid
material, which was recrystallized from a mixture AcOEt/CHCI3 to produce the intermediate
carboxylic acid (420 mg, 43% yield). LMRS = 385.0 (M+1).
[0245] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 92, step 2, but
substituting the carboxylic acid for 143, the title compound 159 was obtained in 49 % yield. 1H
NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 9.64 (bs, 1H), 8.17 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.95
(dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (ddd, J = 7.6, 7.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (ddd,
J = 7.6, 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (ddd, J =
7.6, 7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (ddd, J = 7.6, 7.6, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (s,
2H), 4.89 (bs, 2H) 2.5 (s, 3H, overlaps with the DMSO signals).

Example 101
N-(2-aminophenyl)-2-(4-Methoxy-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl-amide (compound 163)
Step 1: 4-Methoxybenzyl-thiourea (compound 161)
[0246] To a solution of thiocarbonyl diimidazole (1.23g, 6.22 mmol, 1.5 equiv.) in dry
dichloromethane (10 mL), neat alkylamine 160 (4.15 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was added dropwise at 0°C,
and the solution stirred from 0°C to 15°C during 16 h. A solution of concentrated ammonium
hydroxide (3 mL, 45 mmol, 3.6 equiv.) in 1,4-dioxane (6 mL) was added at 0°C and stirred at room
temperature for 7 h. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL), washed with brine (2 x 50
mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. After purification by column chromatography (silica
gel, elution 5% methanol in dichloromethane), 161 was obtained as yellow solid (700.2 mg, 3.6
mmol, 86% yield). 1H NMR: (Acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 7.53 (bs, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.87 (d, J
= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (bs, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H). LMRS = 197.1 (M+l).

Step 2: 2-(4-Methoxybenzylamino)thiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (compound 162)
[0247] A solution of trans methyl-2-methoxyacrylate (461 mg, 3.97 mmol, 1 equiv.) in 50% 1,4-
dioxane in water (4 mL) stirred at -10°C, was treated with N-bromosuccinimide (792 mg, 4.46 mmol,
1.12 equiv.), stirred at the same temperature for 1h, transferred to a flask containing the thiourea
161 (700.2 mg, 3.6 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 2h. After cooling down to room
temperature, concentrated NH4OH (0.8 mL) was added, stirred for 10 min and the resulting
precipitated filtered and washed with water, giving 363 mg (1.3 mmol, 36% yield) of 162, plus 454
mg additional (91 % pure by HPLC) as residue from evaporation of the filtrated (ca. 77% overall
yield). 1H NMR: (Acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 7.97 (bs, 1H), 7.72 (bs, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d,
J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H). LMRS = 279.1 (M+1).
Step 3: N-(2-aminophenyl)-2-(4-Methoxy-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl-amide (compound 163)
[0248] Following the procedure described in Example 1, steps 4 and 5, but substituting 162 for
6, the title compound 163 was obtained in 50% yield. 1H-NMR (methanol-d4), 6 (ppm): 7.86 (s, 1H),
7.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dt, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90
(d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 6.74 (dt, J = 7.4 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (bs, 4H), 4.45 (s, 2H),
3.78 (s, 3H).
Examples 102-121
[0249] Examples 102 to 121 describe the preparation of compounds 164 to 183 using the
same procedures as described for compounds 62 to 163 in Examples 47 to 101. Characterization
data are presented in Tables 4a and 4b.














































































Step 1: {2-r(3'-formyl-biphenyl-4-carbonyl)-amino1-phenyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (185)
[0250] Following the procedure described in Example 15, step 1, but substituting 184 for 140,
the title compound 185 was obtained in 74% yield. 1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 10.10 (s, 1H), 9.41(s, 1H),
8.13 (m, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (m, 2H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64
(m, 1H), 7.27-7.09 (m, 3H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
Step 2: N-(2-Aminophenyl)-4-[3-(indan-2-ylaminornethyl)phenyl)]-benzamide (186)
[0251] To a stirred solution of biphenyl aldehyde (104 mg, 0.25 mmol) and 2-aminoindane (33.3
mg, 0.25 mmol) in dichloroethane (lmL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (80 mg, 0.375
mmol) followed by a glacial acetic acid (15ul, 0.25 mmol), and then the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 3h. After a removal of the volatiles, the residue was partitioned between ethyl
acetate and 10% aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The combined organic layers were washed
with water, dried and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (10% methanol in
chloroform) gave the desired Boc-monoprotected product (112mg, 84% yield) as a white solid. lH
NMR (CDCI3): DD9.21 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.65
(s, 1H), 7.54-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.28 (m, 7H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.74 (m, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J =
15.6, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (dd, J = 15.6, 6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H).
[0252] Following the procedure described in Example 42, step 3, but substituting the previous
compound for 46, the title compound 186 was obtained in 98 % yield. 1H NMR (20% CD3OD in
CDCI3): 5 7.95 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H)( 7.65 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.54-6.79 (m, 11H). 3.95
(s, 2H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J = 15.6, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.81 (dd, J = 15.6, 6.6 Hz, 2H).

Examples 123-126
[0253] Examples 123 to 126 (compounds 187 -190) were prepared using the same procedure
as described for compound 186 in Example 122 (scheme 21).

Example 127
Step 1: {2-[4-(1-Amino-cyclohexylethynyl)-benzoylaminol-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (191)
[0254-] A mixture of iodide 184 (438 mg; 1.0 mmol), Pd(PPh3)2CI2 (35 mg, 0.05 mmol),
triphenylphosphine (7.6 mg, 0.025 mmol), and 1-ethynylcyclohexylamine (185 mg, 1.5 mmol) was
stirred at room temperature in THF (4 mL) containing triethylamine (0.56 mL, 4.0 mmol) for 20 min.
To this Cul (3.8 mg, 0.02 mmol) was added and stirring continued for 2 h. The reaction mixture was
then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed with water, and the organic layer was dried and
concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (10% methanol in chloroform) gave the desired
product 191 (420 mg, 97% yield). 1H NMR (CDCI3): 6 9.36 (s. 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d,
J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.25-6.85 (m, 3H), 2.10-1.30 (m. 10H), 1.51 (s, 9H).
Step 2: N-(2-Aminophenyl)-4-[1-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-cyclohexylethynyll-benzamide (192)
[0255] Following the procedure described in Example 122, step 2, but substituting p-
anisaldehyde for 2-aminoindane, the title compound 192 was obtained in 74 % yield. 1H NMR (CDCI3):
5 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (m,
1H), 7.05 (m,lH), 6.84 (d, J =8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.78 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.10-1.30 (m.
10H).


Example 133
Step 1: N-[2-(t-Butyloxycarbonyl)-amino-phenyl]-4-(trimethylsilylethynyl)benzamide (197)
[0256] To a stirred solution of 184 (5.00 g, 11.41 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 ml) under
nitrogen at 0°C were added Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 (240 mg, 0.34 mmol), Cul (130 mg, 0.69 mmol), and
trimethylsilylacetylene (2.10 ml, 14.84 mmol), respectively. Then, anhydrous Et3N (6.36 ml, 45.66
mmol) was added dropwise. The temperature was slowly warmed up to room temperature over 4 h.
The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with ethyl
acetate. After separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine,
dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/hexane: 20/80?50/50) to afford the title compound 197
(4.42 g, 10.83 mmol, 94% yield) as a yellow powder. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) S (pprn): 9.26 (bs,
1H), AB system (?A = 7.91, ?B = 7.55, J = 8.3 Hz, 4H), 7.85 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.13 (m, 3H),
6.70 (bs, 1H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 0.28 (s, 9H).

Step 2: N-(2-Amino-Dhenyl)-4-(trimethylsilylethynyl)benzamide (198)
[0257] Following the procedure described in Example 42, step 3, but substituting the previous
compound for 46, the title compound 198 (70 mg, 0.23 mmol) was obtained as a white solid with a
major fraction composed of a mixture of 198 and 199. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) ? (ppm):
9.20 (bs, 1H), AB system (?A = 8.07, ?B = 7.62, J = 8.2 Hz, 4H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (td,
J = 7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (bs, 2H), 0.30 (s, 9H).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-ethynylbenzamide (199)
[0258] To a stirred solution at -20°C of a mixture of 198 and 199 in anhydrous THF (15 ml)
under nitrogen was added a solution of TBAF (1 ml, 1.0 M in THF). The reaction mixture was allowed
to warm up to room temperature over 2 h and stirred at room temperature for 18 h. Then, the
reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI and diluted with ethyl
acetate. After separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine,
dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/hexane: 30/70) to afford the title compound 199 (215 mg,
0.91 mmol, 46% yield over 2 steps) as a pale yellow powder. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) ?
(ppm): 9.19 (bs, 1H), AB system (?A = 8.08, ?B = 7.66, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.33 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H),
7.05 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (bs, 2H), 3.88 (s,
1H).
Example 134
Step 1: N-[2-(t-Butyloxycarbonyl)-amino-phenyn-4-ethynylbenzamide (200)
[0259] To a stirred solution at -20°C of a mixture of 199 (3.48 g, 8.53 mmol) in anhydrous THF
(50 ml) under nitrogen was slowly added a solution of TBAF (9.4 ml, 9.38 mmol, 1.0 M in THF). The
reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature over 2 h and stirred at room
temperature for 4 h. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with ethyl acetate, and
successively washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over
anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/hexane: 25/75?30/70) to afford the title compound 200
(2.53 g, 7.53 mmol, 88% yield) as a pale yellow foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) ? (ppm): 9.31 (bs,
1H), AB system (?A = 7.94, ?B = 7.59, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.83 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.10 (m, 3H),
6.75 (bs, 1H), 3.23 (s, 1H), 1.53 (s, 9H).

Step 2: N-(2-amino-phenyl)-4-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-morpholin-4-yl-l-oropyn-l-yl]-benzamide (201)
To a stirred solution at room temperature of 200 (200 mg, 0.60 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (5
ml) under nitrogen were added 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (100 mg, 0.71 mmol), morpholine (60 ?l, 0.68
mmol), and Cul (6 rng, 0.03 mmol), respectively. The reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen for
5 min and warmed up to 105°C. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room
temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, and successively washed with a saturated aqueous solution
of NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue
was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/hexane: 40/60) to afford the desired
compound (193 mg, 0.35 mmol, 59% yield) as a pale yellow foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) ?
(ppm): 9.40 (bs, 1H), AB system (?A = 7.96, ?B = 7.36, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.79 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H),
7.59 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.25-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 1H), 3.82-3.68 (m, 4H), 2.69-
2.58 (m, 4H), 1.53 (s,9H).
[0260] Following the procedure described in Example 42, step 3, but substituting the previous
compound for 46, the title compound 201 was obtained in 67 % yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6)
? (ppm): 9.80 (bs, 1H), AB system (?A = 8.06, ?B = 7.71, J = 8.1 Hz, 4H), AB system (?A = 7.65, ?B
= 7.52, J = 8.3 Hz, 4H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H),
6.64 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 4.97 (bs, 2H), 3.72-3.58 (m, 4H), 2.67-2.46 (m, 4H).


Example 135
Step 1: Methyl 4-(4-chloro-6-(2-indanyl-arnino)-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino)-benzoic ester (203)
[0261] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 202 (2.00 g, 7.11 mmol) in anhydrous THF
(50 ml) under nitrogen were added i-Pr2NEt (1.86 ml, 10.66 mmol) and methyl 4-aminobenzoate
(1.29 g, 8.53 mmol) or ArNH2 (1.2 equiv), respectively. The reaction mixture was then refluxed for
24 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and
diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat NH4CI, H2O
and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/CH2CI2: 2/98?5/95) to afford the title
compound 203 (1.70 g, 4.30 mmol, 60% yield) as a beige powder. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) ?
(ppm): mixture of rotamers, 2 AB system (?A = 8.03, ?A- = 8.00, ?B = 7.70, ?B- = 7.61, JAB = JA'B' =
8.8 Hz, 4H), 7.43 and 7.31 (2 bs, 1H), 7.29-7.19 (m, 4H), 5.84 and 5.78 (2 d. J = 7.2 and 7.7 Hz,
1H), 4.984.77 (2 m, 1H), 3.91 and 3.90 (2 s, 3H), 3.41 (dd, J = 16.1, 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.94 and 2.89
(2 dd, J = 15.9, 4.9 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: 4-[4-amino-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[l,3,5]-triazin-2-ylaminol-N-(2-amino-phenyl)-benzamide (204)
[0262] The title compound 204 was obtained from 203 in 3 steps following the same procedure
as Example 1, Pathway B steps 3-5. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) ? (ppm): mixture of rotamers,
8.98 (m,lH), 8.49 and 8.28 (2m, 1H), 8.10-7.92 (m, 4H), 7.35-7.14 (m, 5H), 7.03 (td, J = 7.6, 1.5
Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J = 6.6, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (td, J = 7.6, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.57 and 6.42 (2m, 1H),
6.04 and 5.86 (2m, 2H), 4.92-4.76 (m, 1H), 4.704.58 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.08-2.92 (m,
2H). HRMS (calc): 452.2073, (found): 452.2062.


Example 136
Step 1: Methyl 4-r(4-chloro-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[1.3.5]triazin-2-yloxy)-methyl]-benzoic ester (206)
[0263] To a stirred solution at 0°C of 205 (2.00 g, 7.11 mmol) in anhydrous THF (50 ml) under
nitrogen were added i-Pr2NEt (1.86 ml, 10.66 mmol) and methyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate (1.30 g,
7.82 mmol). After few minutes, NaH (95%, 186 mg, 7.11 mmol) was added portionwise. Then, the
reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 24 h, the reaction mixture was
poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the
organic layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4,
filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(AcOEr/CH2CI2: 2/98) to afford the title compound 206 (2.00 g, 4.88 mmol, 69% yield) as a
colorless sticky foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) ? (ppm): mixture of rotamers, 2 AB system (?A =
8.06, ?A- = 8.03, ?B = 7.52, ?B- = 7.46, JAB = JAB- = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.26-7.17 (m, 4H), 5.94 and 5.85
(2 bd, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.48 and 5.39 (2 s, 2H), 4.92-4.76 (2 m, 1H), 3.94 and 3.92 (2 s, 3H), 3.39
and 3.33 (2 dd, J = 16.0, 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.89 and 2.84 (2 dd, J = 16.0, 4.9 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: 4-{[4-amino-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[1,3,5]-triazin-2-yloxy]-methyl)-N-2-amino-phenyl)-benzamide
(207)
[0264] The title compound 207 was obtained from 206 in 3 steps following the same procedure
as Example 1, Pathway B steps 3-5. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6 + D DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.49 (m,

1H), 8.12-8.03 (m, 2H), 7.60 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J =7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.13 (m, 4H), 7.07-
6.94 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, J = 7.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (td, J = 7.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (bs, 1H), 6.25 {bs,
1H), 5.47 and 5.41 (2s, 2H), 4.87-4.68 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.88 (m, 2H). HRMS
(calc): 467.2070, (found): 467.2063.

Example 210
Methyl 4-f(4-chloro-6-phenethyl-amino-[l,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyl]-benzoic ester (208)
[0265] The title compound 208 was obtained from 2 following the same procedure as in
Example 1, pathway B steps 2 (R1R2NH = phenethylamine).
Step 1: Methvl 4-[(4-phenethylamino-[l,3,5]triazirv-2-yl-amino)-methyl-1-benzoic ester (209)
[0266] To a degazed solution of 208 (300 mg, 0.75 mmol) in MeOH (35 mL) was added 10%
Pd/C (24 mg, 0.023 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a 1 atm pressure of H2 at room
temperature for 20 h then it was purged with N2. The palladium was removed by filtration through
celite and the reaction mixture was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/CH2CI2: 4/96) to afford the title compound 209 (135 mg, 0.37
mmol, 50% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 8.08 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.1 Hz,
2H), 7.50-7.15 (m, 6H), 4.854.65 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.05-2.85 (m, 2H).

Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[(4-phenethylamino-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyl]-benzamide (210)
[0267] The title compound 210 was obtained from 209 in 2 steps following the same procedure
as in Example 1, steps 4 and 5. 1H NMR: (300 MHz, acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 9.03 (s, 1H), 8.17-7.87
(m, 3H), 7.49 (dd, J = 19.2, 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.03 (m, 6H), 6.99 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J =
8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.60-6.30 (m, 2H), 4.72 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.65^.56 (m, 1H),
3.67-3.51 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.80 (m, 2H).

Example 138
Step 1: Methyl 4-[(4,6-dimethoxy-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-aminoknethyn-benzoic ester (211)
[0268] In a 75ml sealed flask, a stirred suspension of 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (540
mg, 3.08 mmol), methyl 4-(aminomethyl)benzoate.HCI 2 (689 mg, 3.42 mmol), i-Pr2NEt (1.49 ml,
8.54 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 ml) was warmed at 80°C for 5 h. Then, the reaction mixture was
allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted
with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and
brine, dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified
by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/CH2CI2: 10/90?30/70) to afford the title compound
211 (870 mg, 2.86 mmol, 93% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): AB

system (?A = 8.01, ?B = 7.39, JAB = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 6.08-6.00 (m, 1H), 4.73 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.95
(s, 6H), 3.92 (s, 3H).
[0269] The title compound 212 was obtained from 211 in 2 steps following the same procedure
as Example 1, steps 4 and 5. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6 + ? DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.58 (bs, 1H),
8.27 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), AB system (?A = 8.04, ?B = 7.53, JAB == 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.31 (d, J = 6.9 Hz,
1H),), 7.02 (td, J =7.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (td, J = 7.6, 1.4 Hz, 1H),
4.864.78 (m, 2H), 4.69 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H),), 3.90 and 3.89 (2s, 6H). HRMS (calc): 380.1597,
(found): 380.1601.
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[(4,6-dimethoxy-[1,3,5]-triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyn-benzamide (212)

Example 139
Step 1: 4-[(6-(2-lndanyl-amino)-4-methoxy-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyl]-benzoic acid (213)
[0270] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 5 (300 mg, 0.73 mmol) in a mixture of
MeOH/THF (10 ml/5 ml) was added an aqueous solution of KOH (10%, 5 ml). After 3 days, the
reaction mixture was concentrated on the rotavap, diluted in water and acidified with IN HCI until pH
5-6 in order to get a white precipitate. After 15 min, the suspension was filtered off and the cake
was abundantly washed with water, and dried to afford the title compound 213 (282 mg, 0.72 mmol,
98% yield) as a white solid. MS: m/z = 392.1 [MH]+.

Step 2: N-(2-amino-phenyl)-4-{[6-(2-indanyl-amino)-4-methoxy-[1,3,5]-triazin-2-yl-aminol-methyl)-
benzamide (214)
[0271] The title compound 214 was obtained from 213 in one step following the same
procedure as Example 1, step 5. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6 + D DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): mixture of
rotamers, 9.69-9.53 (m. 1H), AB system (?A = 8.04, ?B = 7.52, JAB = 7.8 Hz, 4H), 7.80-7.60 (m,
1H), 7.45-7.10 (m, 6H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H),
4.924.60 (m, 5H), 3.90-3.78 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.83 (m, 2H). HRMS (calc):
481.2226, (found): 481.2231.

Example 29
Step 1: Methyl 4-[(4,6-dichloro-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-N-methyl-amino)-methyl]-benzoic ester (216)
[0272] To a stirred suspension at room temperature of NaH (95%, 81 mg, 3.19 mmol) in
anhydrous THF (10 ml) under nitrogen were successively added a solution of 3 (500 mg, 1.60 mmol)
in anhydrous THF (10 ml) and Mel (298 ?l, 4.79 mmol). After 16 h, the reaction mixture was poured
into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic
layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered
and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel

(AcOE/hexane: 10/90?20/80) to afford the title compound 215 (200 mg, 0.61 mmol, 38% yield)
as a white crystalline solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) ? (ppm): AB system (?A = 8.04, ?B = 7.31, JAB
= 8.2 Hz, 4H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.18 (s, 3H).
Step 2: 4-{ [4-amino-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[1,3,5]-triazin-2-yl-N-methyl-amino]-methyl ]-N-(2-amino-phenyl)-
benzamide (216)
[0273] The title compound 216 from 215 in 4 steps was obtained following the same procedure
as Example 1, Pathway B steps 2-5. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 9.11 (bs, 1H), 8.03 (d,
J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (bs, 2H), 7.33 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H),), 7.28-7.09 (m, 4H), 7.04 (td, J =7.6, 1.5
Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (td, J = 7.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.25-6.05 (m, 1H), 5.82 and
5.64 (2bs, 2H), 5.00-4.56 (m, 5H), 3.42-2.76 (m, 7H). HRMS (calc): 480.2386, (found): 480'2377.

Example 141:
Step 1: Methyl 4-[(4-chloro-6-methyl-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyl]-benzoic ester (217)
[0274] To a stirred solution at -30°C of cyanuric chloride 1 (2.00 g, 10.85 mmol) in anhydrous
THF (100 ml) under nitrogen was slowly added a solution of MeMgBr (17 ml, 23.86 mmol, 1.4 M in
anhydrous THF/toluene). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature
over 3 h. Then, methyl 4-(aminomethyl)benzoate.HCI 2 (2.08 g, 10.30 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (3.78 ml,

21.69 mmol) were added, respectively. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was poured into a saturated
aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was
successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and
concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(AcOEt/CH2CI2: 10/90?15/85) to afford the title compound 217 (780 mg, 2.67 mmol, 25% yield)
as a yellow powder. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): mixture of rotamers, 2 AB system (?A =
8.03, ?A- = 8.02, ?B = 7.39, ?B' = 7.38, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 6.28-6.08 (2 m, 1H), 4.76 and 4.74 (2d, J
= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.46 and 2.42 (2s, 3H).
Step 2: N-(2-amino-phenyl)-4-{[6-(2-indanyl-amino)-4-methyl-[1,3,5]-triazin-2-yl-amino]-methyl)-benzamide
(218)
[0275] The title compound 218 was obtained from 217 in 3 steps following the same procedure
as Example 1, steps 3-5. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6 + ? DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): mixture of
rotamers, 9.62-9.50 (m, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.68-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H),
7.28-7.07 (m, 5H), 7.02 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.92-
4.60 (m, 5H), 3.35-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.12 (m, 3H).

Step 1: (2-(4-[2-(4,6-Diamino-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl)-vinyl]-benzoylamino)-phenyl)-carbamic tert-butyl ester
(219)
[0276] To a degazed solution of 184 (40 mg, 0.091 mmol) and 2-vinyl-4,6-diamino-l,3,5-triazine
(11 mg, 0.083 mmol) in dry DMF (1 mL) was added tri-o-tolylphosphine (POT) (1.5 mg, 0.005 mmol)
followed by Et3N (46 ?L, 0.33 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (2 mg, 0.0025
mmol). The solution was heated at 100°C for 16h. Then, DMF was removed under reduced

pressure. The reaction mixture was partitioned between AcOEt and a solution of sat. NH4CI. After
separation, the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and
concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(MeOH/CH2CI2: 5/95) to afford the title compound 219 (25 mg, 0.056 mmol, 67% yield). 1H NMR
(300 MHz, Acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (d, J = 15.9 Hz, 1H),
7.79 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.76-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J =
15.9 Hz), 6.21 (s, 4H), 1.50 (s, 9H).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[2-(4,6-diamino-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl)-vinyl]-benzamide (220)
[0277] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 219 (25 mg, 0.056 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1.5
mU was added TFA (0.3 mL, 4.3 mmol). After 30 min, a solution of sat. NaHCO3 was slowly added
until pH 8 is reached, CH2CI2 was removed under reduced pressure, AcOEt was added, and the
phases were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4,
filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(MeOH/CH2CI2: 10/90) to afford the title compound 220 (19 mg, 0.054 mmol, 98% yield). 1H NMR:
(300 MHz, acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 8.33, 8.13 (2d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 15.9 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d,
J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.38-6.96 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 15.9 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.62
(m, 2H).


Example 143a
Step 1: 2-Amine-4-chloro-6-piperidin-1-yl-[1,3,5]triazin (221)
[0278] Ammonia was bubbled for 5 min in a solution of 2,4-dichloro-6-piperidin-l-yl-[1,3,5]triazine
(500 mg, 2.15 mmol) in dry 1,4-dioxane (20 mL). The solution was heated at 70°C for 16h in a
sealed tube. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and partitioned between
AcOEt and a solution of sat. NH4CI. After separation, the organic layer was washed with water and
brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound 221 (453
mg, 2.12 mmol, 98% yield). LRMS: [MH] + = 214.1.
Step 2: 2-Amino 4-piperidin-1-yl-6-vinyl-[1,3,5]triazin (222)
[0279] To a solution of 221 (358 mg, 1.68 mmol) in dry toluene (7 mL) was added
tributyl(vinyl)tin (514 uL, 1.76 mmol) followed by Pd(PPh3)4 (97 mg, 0.084 mmol) and the reaction
mixture was heated at 100°C for 16h in a sealed tube. Then, the reaction mixture was allowed to
cool to room temperature, concentrated, and purified directly by flash chromatography on silica gel
(AcOEt/hexane: 10/90?30/70) to afford the title compound 222 (containing tributyltin chloride).
Steps 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[2-(4-amino-6-piperidin-1-yl-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl)-vinyl]-benzamide (223)
[0280] The title compound 223 was obtained from 222 in 2 steps following the same procedure
as in scheme 31, steps 1 and 2. 1H NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J =
7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.04-6.92
(m, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.68 (m, 3H), 6.60 (t, J == 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s,
4H), 1.63 (s,2H), 1.52 (s,4H).
Example 143b
Step 4: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[2-(4-amino-6-piperidin-1-yl-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl)-ethyl]-benzamide (224)
[0281] To a solution of 223 (18 mg, 0.043 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (10
mg, 0.021 mmol). The reaction mixture was shaked under a pressure of H2 (40 psi) at room
temperature for 16 h using an hydrogenation apparatus. Then, the reaction mixture was purged with
N2, filtered through celite, and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/CH2CI2: 2/98?4/96) to afford the title compound 224 (10 mg,
0.024 mmol, 56% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3-CD3OD) 5 (ppm): 7.82 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.35
(d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.79 (m, 2H), 7.80-6.90 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 4H),
3.13 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 1.90-1.40 (m, 10H).


Example 144
Step 1: 2-Amino-benzothiazol-6-ol (225):
[0282] A suspension of 2-amino-6-methoxybenzothiazole (5.00 g, 27.8 mmol) in dichloromethane
(70 mL) was cooled to 0°C under nitrogen and boron tribromide (3.93 mL, 41.6 mmol) was added
dropwise. The light yellow mixture was stirred for 3 h, allowing to warm-up slowly from 0°C to 10°C.
The reaction was slowly quenched by dropwise addition of methanol and tafter stirring overnight at
room temperature, the white solid was collected by filtration (6.04 g, 88% yield). This hydrobromic
salt was dissolved in water, washed with ethyl acetate, and neutralized with a saturated aqueous
solution of NaHCO3. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried in the oven at 135°C
for 1h to afford the title compound 225 as colorless crystals (3.63 g, 79% yield). 1H NMR: (CD3OD) ?
(ppm): 7.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J=8.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H).
Step 2: 6-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzothiazol-2-ylamine (226)
[0283] To a solution of benzothiazole 225 (3.62 g, 21.8 mmol) in THF at room temperature
under nitrogen, were successively added 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)morpholine (3.17 mL, 26.1 mmol),
triphenylphosphine (7.43 g, 28.3 mmol) followed by a dropwise addition of diethyl azodicarboxylate
(4.46 mL, 28.3 mmol). The solution was stirred for 3.5 h and THF was partially removed in vacuo.
The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and H2O. The combined organic layers were
extracted with 1N HCI. The combined acidic extracts were neutralized using a saturated aqueous
solution of NaHCO3 and the precipitate was dissolved with ethyl acetate. These combined organic
layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. The filtrate was concentrated
to afford the title compound 226 (5.83 g, 96% yield) as a light yellow oil. 1H NMR: (Acetone-d6) ?

(ppm): 7.37 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J=8.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (bs, 2H),
4.19 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70-3.67 (m, 4H). 2.90 (s, 2H), 2.81 ft, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.58 (m, 4H).
Step 3: 4-([6-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzothiazol-2-ylamino]-methtl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
(227):
[0284] To a round-bottom flask containing benzothiazole 226 (5.80 g, 20.8 mmol) was added
methyl 4-formylbenzoate (5.11 g, 31.1 mmol), followed by THF (8 mL), dibutyltin dichloride (315 mg,
1.04 mmol) and dropwise addition of phenylsilane (3.24 mL, 31.1 mmol). The resulting mixture was
stirred overnight at room temperature under nitrogen. The mixture was diluted in ethyl acetate and
filtered. The filtrate was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the combined organic
layers were washed with 1N HCI. The combined acidic layers were neutralized using a saturated
aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and the precipitate was extracted with ethyl aceate. The combined
organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. The resulting crude
was purified by flash chromatography using MeOH/CHCI3 (10:90) to afford 227 (3.69 g, 42% yield).
1H NMR: (Acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 8.04 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J= 8.8 Hz,
1H). 7.34 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H).
Step 4: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-{[6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzothiazol-2-ylamino]-methyl}-benzamide
(228):
[0285] Following the procedure described in Example 1, step 4, 5 but substituting the previous
compound for 6, the title compound 228 was obtained (958 mg, 46%) as a colorless solid. 1H NMR:
(CD3OD) ? (ppm): 8.04 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d,
J=2.5 Hz, 1H). 7.25 (d. J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (t, J=7.4 Hz. 1H), 6.97 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (t,
J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.21 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.81-3.77 (m, 4H), 2.87 (t, J=5.5, 2H), 2.69-
3.66 (m, 4H).


Example 145
Step 1: 4-[(5-Bromo-benzothiazo[-2-ylamino)-methyl]-benzoic acid methyl ester (229):
[0286] Following the procedure described in Example 144, step 3, but substituting the 2-amino-
6-bromobenzothiazole for 226, the title compound 229 was obtained in 56% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO-
d6) ? (ppm): 8.78 (t, J= 5.9 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H),
7.43-7.34 (m, 2H), 4.74 (d, J= 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H).
Step 2: 4-([5-(3,4,5-Trimethoxy-phenyl)-benzothiazol-2-ylaminol-methyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
(230):
[0287] Following the procedure described in Example 15, step 1, but substituting 229 for 140,
the title compound 230 was obtained in 44%yield as colorless crystals. 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm):
8.73 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.63-7.57 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d,
J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 4.77 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (m, 6H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-{[5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl)-benzothiazol-2-ylaminol-methyl)-benzamide
(231):
[0288] Following the procedure described in Example 1, step 4, 5 but substituting the previous
compound for 6, the title compound 231 was obtained in 69% yield. 1H NMR: (Acetone-d6) ? (ppm):
8.31 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.63 (d, J=7.5 Hz,
2H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, 2H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 6H), 3.84 (s, 3H).


Example 146
Step 1: 4-[(6-Methoxy-benzothiazol-2-ylamino)-methyl]-benzoic acid methyl ester (232):
[0289] To a solution of 2-amino-6-methoxybenzothiazo!e (2.00 g, 11.1 mmol) in a mixture of
dichloroethane (20 mL) and THF (20 mL), were successively added methyl 4-formylbenzoate (1.82 g,
11.1 mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3.53 g, 16.7 mmol) and acetic acid (1.27 mL, 22.2
mmol). The mixture was stirred over 2 days and was quenched by adding aqueous saturated
solution of NaHCO3. The mixture was poured in a separating funnel containing water and was
extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over
MgSO4 and concentrated in vacua. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography using
EtOAc/hexane (20:80 to 30:70) to afford the title compound 232 (1.85g, 51% yield). 1H NMR:
(Acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 8.04 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34
(d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[(6-methoxy-benzothiazol-2-ylamino)-methyn-benzamide(233):
[0290] Following the procedure described in Example 1, step 4, 5 but substituting the previous
compound for 6, the title compound 233 was obtained in 19% yield as a light beige solid. 1H NMR:
(DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.68 (s, 1H), 8.44 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=8.2 Hz,
2H), 7.39 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H),
7.00 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (dd, J=8.8, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J=8.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (td, J=7.4,
1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 4.70 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H).


Example 147
Step 1: 4-(6-Methoxy-lH-benzoimidazol-2-vlsulfanvlmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrobromide
(234):
[0291] To a solution of methyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate (2.51g, 11.0 mmol) in DMF (50 mL)
was added 5-methoxy-2-benzimidazolethiol (1.98g, 11.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 24 h and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in ethyl
acetate and the hydrobromide salt was collected by filtration to afford the title compound 234
(4.10g, 91% yield) as a colorless solid. 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 7.90 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.55
(d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s,lH), 6.94 (d, J= 8.2 Hz.lH), 4.65 (s,2H), 3.82
(s,3H), 3.79 (s, 3H).
Step 2:: 4-[6-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-lH-benzoimidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl]-benzoic acid methyl ester
(235):
[0292] Following the procedure described in Example 144, step 1, 2 but substituting the
previous compound for 2-amino-6-methoxybenzothiazole, the title compound 235 was obtained in
37% yield. 1H NMR: (CDCI3) 8 (ppm): 8.04-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.56-
7.49 (m, 2H), 6.96-6.90 (m, 1H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 4.31-4.16 (m, 4H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.98-3.91 (m, 2H),
3.82-3.72 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.47 (m, 4H).

Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-l H-benzoirnidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyn-
benzamide (236):
[0293] Following the procedure described in Example 1, step 4, 5 but substituting the previous
compound for 6, the title compound 236 was obtained in 11% yield. 1H NMR: (CD3OD) ? (ppm):
7.89 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.06 (m, 3H), 6.93-
6.79 (m, 3H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.18 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.65-3.62 (m, 4H), 2.51 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.46-
2.42 (m, 4H).

Example 148
Step 1: 4-Morpholin-4-yl-benzoic acid methyl ester (237):
[0294] A flame-dried pressure vessel was charged with cesium carbonate (912 mg, 2.80 mmol)
and toluene (8 mL) and the flasked was purged with nitrogen. Palladium acetate (9.0 mg, 0.004
mmol) and rac-2,2'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl (37 mg, 0.06 mmol). The mixture was
degassed and heated at 100°C for 18 h. It was allowed to cool to room temperature and was
filtered through celite, rinsed with ethyl acetate and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The
organic layer was washed with a saturated solution of NaHCO3, brine, dried over MgSO4 and
concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound 237 (443 mg, 100% yield). 1H NMR: (CDCI3) ?
(ppm):8.02 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (s, 4H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.38-3.35 (m, 4H).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-benzamide (238):
[0295] Following the procedure described in Example 1, step 4, 5 but substituting the previous
compound for 6, the title compound 238 was obtained in 33 % yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm):
7.20 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1H),
6.65 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.79 (m, 4H), 3.32-3.28 (m, 4H).


Example 149
Step 1: 3-Methylsulfanyl-3-(pyridin-4-ylamino)-acrylonitrile (239)
[0296] To a solution of pyridin-4-ylamine (1.0 g, 11.0 mmol) and 3,3-Bis-methylsulfanyl-
acrylonitrile (2.05 g, 12.6 mmol) in DMF at room temperature, was added powdered 4A molecular
sieves. The mixture was stirred for 1 hr. Subsequently the mixture was cooled to 0 °C, 60% NaH
dispersion in oil (0.92 g, 23.0 mmol) was added portionwise over 1 hr. and it was stirred at 0 °C for
an additional 2 hrs. The cold bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
20 hrs. DMF was removed in vacuo and the crude was purified by column chromatography (gradient
of EtOAc to 25% MeOH/EtOAc) to afford the desired product as an off-white solid (1.9 g, 89%).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-{(2-cyano-1-pyridin-4-ylamino)-vinylaminol-methyl}-benzamide (240)
[0297] To a mixture of 3-methylsulfanyl-3-(pyridin4-ylamino)-acrylonitrile (0.2 g, 1.0 mmol), 4-
aminomethyl-benzoic acid (0.173 g, 1.14 mmol), DMAP (1 mg) and Et3N (0.14 ml, 1.0 mmol) was
added dry pyridine (0.5 ml). The resulting stirring mixture was heated to 55 °C for 4.5 hrs., additional
Et3N (0.14 ml) was added and mixture was heated from 75 °C to 90 °C over a period of ~30 hrs.
When the reaction was complete, pyridine was partially removed in vacuo and the crude was purified
by column chromatography (gradient of EtOAc to 20% MeOH/EtOAc) to afford the desired product as
an off-white solid (130 mg, 44%).
[0298] Following the procedure described in Example 1, step 4, 5 but substituting the previous
compound for 6, the title compound 240 was obtained in 33 % yield. 1H NMR: 1H NMR: (300 MHz,
DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.69 (br, 2H), 8.48 (br, 3H), 8.03 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H),
7.29 (br, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (t, J
= 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (br, 2H), 4.62 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H).


Example 150
Step 1: 4-[(2-Chloro-9H-purin-6-ylamino)-methyl]-benzoic acid methyl ester (241)
[0299] A suspension of 2,6-dichloro-9H-purine (1 g, 5.29 mmol), 4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid
methyl ester hydrochloride (1.2 equiv., 1.28 g) and NaHCO3 (2.1 equiv., 935 mg) in water was
heated at 100°C. The homogeneous solution thus formed was refluxed 30 min. The resulting white
precipitate was filtered, washed with cold water and dried under vacuum giving the title compound
241 (1 g, 3.14 mmol, 60%). LRMS calc:317.7, found: 318.3 (MH)+.
Step 2: 4-{([2-Chloro-9-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-9H-purin-6-ylamino]-methyl}-benzoic acid methyl ester (242)
[0300] Following the procedure described in Example 144, step 2 but substituting the previous
compound for 2-amino-6-methoxybenzothiazole, the title compound 242 was obtained in 41% yield.
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-{[2-chloro-9-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-9H-purin-6-ylaminol-methvl}-benzamide
(243):
[0301] Following the procedure described in Example 1, step 4, 5 but substituting the previous
compound for 6, the title compound 243 was obtained in 85% yield. 1H NMR (CDCI3) 8 (ppm): 9.64
(s, 1H), 8.94 (bs, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J =
7.7 Hz, 1H), 7,01 (dd, J = 7.3, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (dd, J = 7.3, 7.7 Hz, 1H),
4.91 (bs, 2H), 4.78 (bs, 2H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H)


Example 151
Step 1: Methyl-4-[{3-(2-chlorch-6-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-isoxazole-4-carbonyl]-arnino-rnethyl)-benzoic
acid ester (244)
[0302] To a stirred suspension at 0°C of methyl 4-(aminomethyl)benzoate.HCI 2 (809 mg, 4.01
mmol) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (25 ml) under nitrogen were successively added i-Pr2NEt (1.91 ml, 10.95
mmol) and 3-(2-chloro-6-fluorophenyl)-5-methylisoxazole-4-carbonyl chloride (1.00 g, 3.65 mmol).
After 45 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature for 3 h. Then, the
reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with AcOEt, and successively washed with sat. NH4CI,
H2O, sat. NaHCO3, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford
the title compound 244 (1.50 g, quantitative yield) as a colorless sticky foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 7.93 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.05 (m,
3H), 5.49 (bs, 1H), 4.46 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H).
Step 2: 4-([3-(2-Chloro-6-fluoro-phenyl)-5-methyl-isoxazole-4-carbonyl]-amino-methyl)-benzoic acid
(245)
[0303] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 244 (1.45 g, 3.60 mmol) in THF (20 ml)
was added a solution of LiOH.H2O (453 mg, 10.80 mmol) in water (20 ml). After 20 h, the reaction

mixture was concentrated, diluted with water and acidified with IN HCI until pH 6 in order to get a
white precipitate. After 10 min, the suspension was filtered off and the cake was abundantly washed
with water, and dried to afford the title compound 245 (1.23 g, 3.15 mmol, 88% yield) as a white
solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 8.69 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.70-
7.58 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.30 (m, 3H), 4.44 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H).
Step 3: 4-(9-Chloro-3-methyl-4-oxo-4H-isoxazolo[4,3-c]quinolin-5-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (246)
[0304] To a stirred suspension at room temperature of 245 (795 mg, 2.05 mmol) in anhydrous
DMF (10 ml) was added a solution of NaOH (409 mg, 10.22 mmol) in anhydrous MeOH (5.1 ml).
Then, the reaction mixture was warmed up to 40°C. After 3 days, the reaction mixture was
concentrated, diluted with water and acidified with IN HCI until pH 5 in order to get a pale pinky
precipitate. After 30 min, the suspension was filtered off and the cake was abundantly washed with
water, and dried to afford the title compound 246 (679 mg, 1.84 mmol, 90% yield) as a pale pinky
solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): AB system (?A = 7.92, ?B = 7.40, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.56
(t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (bs, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H).
Step 4: N-2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(9-chloro-3-methyl-4-oxo-4H-isoxazolor[4,3-c]quinolin-5-ylmethyl)-
benzamide (247)
[0305] The title compound 247 was obtained from 246 in one step following the same
procedure as Example 1, steps 5. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.65 (s, 1H), AB system
(5A = 7.95, ?B = 7.42, J = 8.1 Hz, 4H), 7.58 ft, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J
= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (t, J =7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (t, J
= 7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (bs, 2H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 2.97 (s, 3H).

Example 152
Step 1: 4-(lH-lmidazol-2-yl)-benzoic acid (248)
[0306] To a stirred solution of 4-formylbenzoic acid (2.00 g, 12.3 mmol) in ammonium hydroxide
(9 ml) was added glyoxal (2.86 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h at room

temperature. IN HCI was added to the reaction mixture to acidify to pH 5. The solvent was
evaporated and the residue was triturated 30 min. in water (20 ml) and filtered to obtain the title
compound 248 (2.08 g, 83%) as a white solid. LRMS: 188.1 (Calc); 189.1 (found).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-ohenyl)4-(lH-imidazol-2-yl)-benzamide (249)
[0307] The title compound 249 was obtained following the same procedure as Example 1, step
5. 1H NMR (CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 1H NMR: (DMSO) ? (ppm): 9.72 (bs, 1H), 8.07 (s, 4H), 7.26 (s, 2H), 7.18
(d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (dd, J = 7.5, 7.5
Hz, 1H). MS: (calc.) 278.1; (obt.) 279.1 (MH)+.

Example 153
Step 1: 4-Thiocarbarnovlmethvl-benzoic acid (250)
[0308] To a stirred suspension of 4-cyanomethyl-benzoic acid (1.65 g, 10.24 mmol) and Et3N (5
ml) in pyridine, H2S was bubbled during 3 h. The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h at room
temperature. Water was then added to the reaction mixture which was agitated for 1 h before
acidifying to pH 6 with 1M HCI. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was triturated 30 min. in
water (20 ml) and filtered to obtain the title compound 250 (2.08 g, 83%) as a white solid. 'H NMR
(DMSO) 5 (ppm): 12.85 (bs, 1H), 9.53 (bs, 1H), 9.43 (bs, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.1 Hz. 2H), 7.44 (d, J =
8.1 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s.2H).
Step 2: 4-(4-Chloromethyl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (251)
[0309] A solution of 250 (729 mg, 3.73 mmol) and l,3-dich!oroacetone (474 mg, 3.73 mmol)
in THF (30 ml) was stirred at 40°C during 48h. The solvent was evaporated then the residue was
dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and

concentrated. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2-4%
MeOH/CH2CI2) to afford the title compound (827 mg, 83% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO) ?
(ppm): 12.93 (bs, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.78 (s, 2H),
4.42 (s, 2H).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(4-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)-benzamide (252)
[0310] K2CO3 (599 mg, 4.33 mmol) was added to a solution of 251 (527 mg, 1.97 mmol) and
morpholine (189 01, 2.17 mmol) in THF (15 ml) was refluxed during 48h. The solvent was
evaporated. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (3-50%
MeOH/CH2CI2) to afford the title compound 252 (238 mg, 38% yield) as a pale yellow solid. LRMS:
318.2 (calc) 319.2 (found).
[0311] The title compound 252 was obtained following the same procedure as Example 1, step
5. 1H NMR (DMSO) 8 (ppm): 9.63 (bs, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.33
(s, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.1Hz, 1H), 6.97 (dd, J = 7.7, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J
= 8.1, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (bs, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.59-3.56 (m, 6H), 2.44-2.38 (m, 4H). LRMS: 408.2
(calc) 409.2 (found).

Step 1: Methyl 3-[3-(4-methoxycarbonyl-benzyl)-ureido]-thiophene-2-carboxylate (253)
[0312] The procedure described by Nakao (K. Nakao, R. Shimizu, H. Kubota, M. Yasuhara, Y.
Hashimura, T. Suzuki, T. Fujita and H. Ohmizu; Bioorg. Med. Chem. 1998, 6, 849-868.) was followed

to afford the title compound 253 (1.01 g, 91%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCI3) ? (ppm): 9.55 (bs,
1H), 8.00-7.97 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.37 (m, 3H), 5.45 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.91
(s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H).
Step 2: 4-(2,4-Dioxo-1,4-dihvdro-2H-thieno[3,2-d]pvrimidin-3-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (254)
[0313] To a suspension of 253 (422 mg, 1.21 mmol) in MeOH (15 ml) was added NaOH (145
mg, 3.63 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C during 16 h. Water (1 ml) was then added
and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 more hour. The solvent was evaporated and the residue
was dissolved in water and acidified to pH 5 with HCI 1M. The precipitate was filtered to afford the
desired compound 254 (348 mg, 95%) as a white solid. LRMS: 302.0 (Calc); 303.0 (found).
Steps 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(1-ethyl-2,4-dioxo-1,4-dihydro-2H-thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-3-ylmethyl)-
benzamide (255)
[0314] The title compound 255 was obtained as a yellow solid (73%) following the same
procedure as Example 99, step 2, 3, then followed by Example 1, step 5. 1H NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm):
9.61 (bs, 1H, NH), 8.22 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H, CH), 7.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.43-7.40 (m, 3H,
CH), 7.15 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H, CH), 6.96 (dd, J = 7.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H, CH), 6.77 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H, CH),
6.59 (dd, J = 7.4, 7.4 Hz, 1H, CH), 5.17 (s, 2H, NCH2), 4.88 (bs, 2H, NH2) 4.09 (q, J = 7.0, 2H,
CH2), 1.22 (t, J = 7.0, 3H, CH3). LRMS: 420.1 (calc); 421.0 (found).

Step 1: 3H-Thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-one(256)
[0315] Methyl-3-amino-2-thiophene carboxylate (510 mg, 3.24 mmol) was dissolved in
formamide (20 ml) and heated at 170°C 16h. The solvent was evaporated. The crude residue was
then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2-4% MeOH/CH2CI2 ) to afford the title compound
256 (157 mg, 32% yield). LRMS: 152.0 (Calc); 152.9 (found).

Step 2: N-(2-Aminophenyl)-4-(4-oxo-4H-thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (257)
[0316] Following the procedure described in Example 85, step 1 but substituting the previous
compound for 119, followed by Example 1, step 4, 5, the title compound 257 was obtained in 41%
yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO) ? (ppm): 9.61 (bs, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J = 5.2, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d,
J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J = 5.2, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H),
6.96 (dd, J = 6.9, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 7.1Hz, 1H), 6.58 (dd, J = 7.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H),
4.87 (bs, 2H). MS: 376.1 (calc); 377.1 (found).

Example 156
Step 1: Methyl 2-arnino-4,5-dirnethyl-thiophene-3-carboxylate (258)
[0317] The procedure described by Hozien (Z. A. Hozien, F. M. Atta, Kh. M. Hassan, A. A. Abdel-
Wahab and S. A. Ahmed; Synht. Commun.. 1996, 26(20), 3733-3755.) was followed to afford the
title compound 258 (1.44 g, 17%) as a yellow solid. LRMS: 197.1 (Calc); 200.1 (found).
Steps 2:N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(5,6-dimethyl-4-oxo-4H-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide
(259)
[0318] Following the procedure described in Example 155, step 1, 2 but substituting 258 for
256, the title compound 259 was obtained as a white solid (55%). 1H NMR: (DMSO) ? (ppm): 9.61
(bs, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H),
6.96 (dd, J = 7.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 7.4, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (s,
2H), 4.87 (bs, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H). LRMS: 404.1 (calc); 405.0 (found).


Example 157
Step 1: Methyl 4-(4-oxo-chroman-3-ylidenemethyl)-benzoate (260)
[0319] Concentrated H2SO4 (2 ml) was slowly added to a solution of 4-chromanone (2.00 g,
13.50 mmol) and methyl-4-formylbenzoate (2.11 g, 12.86 mmol) in glacial acetic acid. The reaction
mixture was stirred 16 h at room temperature. The solvent was concentrated to half volume the
resulting precipitate was filtered and rinsed with ethyl acetate to afford the title compound 260 (3.11
g, 82%) as a purple solid. 1H NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 8.05 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 7.6 Hz,
1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.64-7.59(m, 3H), 7.15 (dd, J = 7.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.43
(s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H).
Step 2: Methyl4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-ylmethyl)-benzoate (261)
[0320] Water (0.2 ml) and RhCI3.H2O (7 mg, 0.034 mmol) was added to a suspension of
compound 260 (200 mg, 0.680 mmol) in EtOH (2 ml) and CHCL3 (2 ml). The reaction mixture was
stirred 16 h at 70°C. The reaction mixture was cooled down and diluted in ethyl acetate, washed with

brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified
by flash chromatography on silica gel (0.5-1% MeOH/CH2CI2)to afford the title compound 261 (118
mg, 59%) as a white solid. 1H NMR: (DMSO) ? (ppm): 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.8 Hz, 1H),
7.87 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.83-7.77(m, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.43 (m3, 1H), 3.82 (s,
3H), 3.80 (s, 2H).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (262)
[0321] The title compound 262 was obtained following the same procedure as Example 1, step
4, 5. 1H NMR: (DMSO) 8 (ppm): 9.56 (bs, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J =
8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (dd, J = 7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.14 (d, J
= 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (dd, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz,
1H), 4.86 (bs, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H). LRMS: 370.1 (calc); 371.1 (found).
Example 158
Step 2: Methyl 4-chroman-3-ylmethyl-benzoate (263)
[0322] Pd/C 10% was added to a suspension of 260 (200 mg, 0.68 mmol) in MeOH (40 ml) and
DMA (10 ml) which was previously purged under vacuum. The reaction mixture was stirred during 4 h
at room temperature. After evaporation of the MeOH, water was added to the oily residue and the
precipitate obtained was filtered. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel (5-8% AcOEt/Hex )to afford the title compound 263 (114 mg, 59%) as a white solid. LRMS:
282.1 (Calc); 283.0 (found).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-chroman-3-ylmethyl-benzamide (265)
[0323] The title compound 265 was obtained following the same procedure as Example 1, steps
4 and 5. 1H NMR: (acetone) ? (ppm): 9.06 (bs, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz,
2H), 7.31 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.08-6.98 (m, 3H), 6.87 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, lH),6.82-6.66 (m, 3H), 4.62
(s, 2H), 4.22-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.88-3.81 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.71 (m, 3H), 2.61-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.33 (m,
1H). LRMS: 358.2 (calc); 359.1 (found).
Example 159
Step 2: Methyl 4-{4-oxo-chroman-3-ylmethyl)-benzoate (264)
[0324] A suspension of 260 (400 mg, 1.36 mmol) and benzenesulfonyl hydrazine (702 mg,
4.08 mmol) in DMF (7 ml) was stirred at 100°C during 48h. The solvent was evaporated and the

residue was diluted in AcOEt, washed with NH4CI sat., brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered
and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5%
AcOEt/HEx )to afford the title compound 264 (170 mg, 42%) as a white solid. LRMS: 296.1 (Calc);
297.0 (found).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(4-oxo-chroman-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (266)
[0325] The title compound 266 was obtained following the same procedure as Example 1, steps
4 and 5. 1H NMR: (acetone) ? (ppm): 9.62 (bs, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (d, J = 7.9 Hz,
1H), 7.58 (dd, J = 7.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.04 (m, 3H), 6.97 (dd, J = 7.0,
7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (dd, J = 7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.39 (m,
1H), 4.284.21 (m, 1H), 2.26-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.74 (m, 1H). LRMS: 372.1 (calc); 372.1 (found).


Example 160
Step 1: Methyl 4-(3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-2-ylmethyl)-benzoate (266)
[0326] Et3N (3.18 ml, 22.8 mmol) was added to a stirring solution of 2-H-1 ,4-benzoxazin-3-
(4H)one (2.50 g, 16.8 mmol) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (4.59 g, 27.5 mmol) in Ac2O (20 ml). The
reaction mixture was refluxed 16h. After this mixture was cooled for 3 days, the solid was filtered
and rinsed with ethyl acetate to afford the title compound 266 (657 mg, 13%) as a yellow solid.
LRMS: 295.1 (Calc); 296.0 (found).
Step 2: Methyl 4-(3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-benzo[1,4]oxazin-2-ylidenemethyl)-benzoate (267)
[0327] The title compound 267 was obtained following the same procedure as Example 158,
step 2NLRMS: 297.1 (Calc); 298.1 (found). _.-,
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(4-ethyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-2-ylmethyl)-benzamide
(269)
[0328] The title compound 269 was obtained from 267 following the same procedure as
Example 99, step 2, 3, then followed by Example 1, step 4, 5. 1H NMR: (DMSO) ? (ppm): 9.61 (bs,
1H), 7.91 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J =7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J =7.5 Hz,
1H), 7.11-6.91 (m, 4H), 6.77 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (dd, J = 7.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.91 (m, 1H),
4.89 (bs, 2H), 3.95 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.17-2.89 (m, 1H), 1.16 (t, J = 7.0 Hz,
3H). LRMS: 401.2 (calc); 402.1 (obt.).
Example 161
Step 1: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-2-ylmethyl)-benzamide (270)
[0329] The title compound 270 was obtained from 267 following the same procedure as
Example 1, step 4, 5. 1H NMR: (DMSO) ? (ppm): 10.74 (bs, 1H), 9.61 (bs, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.4 Hz,
2H), 7.41 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (d, J =7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.85 (m, 5H), 6.78 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H),
6.60 (dd, J = 7.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.92-4.89 (m, 3H), 3.29-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.07 (m, 1H). MS: (calc.)
373.1; (qbt.) 374.1 (MH)+.


Example 162
Step 1: Methyl 4-(1-oxo-indan-2-ylmethyl)-benzoate (271)
[0330] A 2M LDA solution in THF (4.16 ml, 8.32 mmol) was added to a solution of indanone
(1.00 g, 7.57 mmol) in THF (10 ml) at -60°C. The solution was slowly warmed to 0°C during a period
of 15 min. and was agitated for 15 more min. The reaction was then cooled to -78°C and a solution
of methyl-4-bromobenzoate (1.73 g, 7.57 mmol) was slowly added. The solution was slowly warmed
to -20°C and stirred during 4 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with HCL 1M and the
solvent was evaporated. The residue was diluted in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over
anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (5-20% AcOEt/HEx )to afford the title compound 271 (245 mg, 17%) as
a white solid. LRMS: 280.1 (Calc.); 281.1 (found).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(1-oxo-indan-2-ylmethyl)-benzamide (272)
[0331] The title compound 272 was obtained following the same procedure as Example 1, step
4, 5. 1H NMR: (DMSO) ? (ppm): 9.59 (bs, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.69-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d,
J =7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d,
J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (bs, 2H), 3,23-3.14 (m, 3H), 2.85-2.81 (m,
2H). LRMS: 356.1 (calc); 357.2 (found).

Example 163
Step 1: 4-(1-Oxo-indan-2-ylidenemethyl)-benzoic acid (273)
[0332] To a suspension of indanone (2.00 g, 15.1 mmol) and 4-carboxybenzaldehyde (1.89g,
12.6 mmol) in EtOH (10 ml) was added KOH (1.77 g , 31.5 mmol) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was
stirred 30 min at 0°C then at room temperature for 16 h. The solvent was evaporated and the
residue was dissolved in water, acidified to pH 5 with HCI 1 M. The precipitate was filtered and rinsed
with water to afford the title compound 273 (2.27 g, 57%) as a yellow solid. LRMS: 264.1 (Calc.);
265.0 (found).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(1-oxo-indan-2-ylidenemethyl)-benzamide (274)
[0333] The title compound 274 was obtained following the same procedure as, Example 1, step
5. LRMS: 354.1 (Calc.); 355.0 (found).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(1-hydroxy-indan-2-ylmethyl)-benzamide (275)
[0334] To a suspension of 274 (300 mg, 0.85 mmol) in MeOH (8 ml) and water (1 ml) was
added NaBH4 (75 mg, 1.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C 16h and cooled down.
Water was added to the solution and the precipitated was filtered and rinsed with cold water to afford
the title compound 275 (224 mg, 74%) as a white solid. 1H NMR: (acetone) 5 (ppm): 9.05 (bs, 1H),
8.00 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.7 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J =8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.30 (m, 2H),
7.22-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.01 (ddd, J = 7.6, 7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (dd, J
= 7.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 0.4H), 4.89 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 0.6H), 4.63 (bs, 2H), 4.45 (d, J =
6.9 Hz, 0.6H), 4.06 {d, J = 6.0 Hz, 0.4H), 3.30-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.48 (m, 3H, CH2). LRMS: 358.2
(calc); 359.1 (found).


Example 164
Step 1: 4-(3.5-Dimethyl-l-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (276)
[0335] To a solution of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 250 mg, 6.3 mmol) at 0°C acetyl acetone
(0.646 ml, 6.3 mmol) was added followed by 4-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester 2 (1.2 g, 5.2
mmol). The reaction mixture stirred 1 hour at room temperature and refluxed for 2 hours. Phenyl
hydrazine (0.51 ml, 5.2 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture refluxed for an additional hour.
THF was removed in vacuum and the oily residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate.
Organic layer was separated, dried, evaporated and purify by chromatography on a silica gel column,
eluent EtOAc - hexane (1:1) to produce an oily material (800mg) which was treated with a solution of

NaOH (0.8 g, 20 mmol) in 20 ml water for 1 hour at room temperature. The following steps, -
acidification with HCI (pH 6), extraction of the resultant emulsion with ethyl acetate, drying the extracl
with sodium sulfate, evaporation and column chromatography (eluent EtOAc - hexane, 1:1) afforded
390 mg of a mixture of 276 (the title compound) and 278 (molar ratio 1:2). [M-1]+ 307.0 and 191.1,
This mixture was taken for the next step as is.
Step 2. N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(3,5-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-benzamide (277)
[0336] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 92, step 2, but
substituting 276 for 143, the title compound 277 was obtained in 25% yield (purified by
chromatography using as eluent EtOAc - hexane, 1:1). 1H NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-d6, ? (ppm): 9.64
(s, 1H); 7.97 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.56 (m, 5H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.6 Hz,
1H), 7.03 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 3.92
(s, 2H), 2.34 (s,3H), 2.18 (s,3H).
Example 165
Step 1: 4-(3-Oxo-butyl)-benzoic acid (278)
[0337] To a solution of acetyl acetone (5.0 ml, 49 mmol) at room temperature NaOMe (25% wt,
10.8 ml, 47.3 mmol) was added followed by 4-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester 2 (9.0 g, 39.3
mmol). The reaction mixture refluxed 3 hours, cooled to the room temperature and acidified with HCI
(pH 1-2). Evaporation of the resultant solution yielded a residue, which was refluxed in a mixture of
glacial AcOH (50 ml) and cone. HCI (25 ml) for 4 hours. Acids were removed in vacuum and the
residue was triturated with water to form a crystalline material, which was collected by filtration and
dried to afford 278 (6.72 g, 80% yield). [M-l] 191.1.
Step 2. 4-(5-Amino-4-cyano-3-methyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid 279
[0338] To a refluxing suspension of 4-(3-oxo-butyl)-benzoic acid 278 (700 mg, 3.65 mmol),
malonodinitrile (241 mg, 3.65 mmol) and sulfur (130 mg, 3.65 mmol) in 20 ml EtOH, diethylamine
(0.5 ml, 4.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture refluxed 1 hour, cooled to the room
temperature, acidified with cone. HCI (pH 4-5) and evaporated to yield a solid residue. This material
was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate, organic layer was separated, dried, evaporated
and chromatographed on a silica gel column, eluent EtOAc-hexane, 1:1, to afford the title compound
279 (300 mg, 30% yield). 1H NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-d5, ? ppm): 7.87 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J
= 7.9 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 2.03 (s, 3H).

Step 3. 4-(5-Acetylamino-4-cyano-3-methyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid 280
[0339] To a solution of 4-(5-amino-4-cyano-3-methyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid 279 (230
mg, 0.86 mmpl) in a solvent mixture acetone (5 ml) - dichloromethane (5 ml) at room temperature
acetyl chloride (0.305 ml, 4.3 mmol) was added. After 2 hours of stirring at the same conditions a
precipitate of the title compound 280 formed which was collected and dried (200 mg, 75% yield).
[Ml] 313.1.
Step 4: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(5-acetylamino-4-cyano-3-methyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)- benzamide (281)
[0340] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 92, step 2, but
substituting 280 for 143, the title compound 281 was obtained in 25% yield. 1H NMR (DMSO) 8
(ppm): 9.61 (s, 1H); 7.91 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H),
6.96 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.10 (s,
2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H). [M+l] 405.0.

Example 166
Step 1. 4-(N-Hydroxycarbamimidoylmethyl)-benzoic acid (282)
[0341] A suspension of 4-cyanomethyl benzoic acid (2.07 g, 12.86 mmol), NH2OH.HCI (1.79 g,
25.71 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (2.16 g, 38.57 mmol) in 70 ml ethanol refluxed for 36 hours,
poured into 100 ml water and acidified with cone. HCI (pH 5-6). EtOH was removed in vacuum and
the remaining suspension was treated with another 100 ml water. A precipitate formed which was
collected and dried to afford the title compound 282. [M+l]195.1.

Step 2. 4-(5-Methyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (283)
[0342] A solution of 4-(/V-hydroxycarbamimidoylmethyl)-benzoic acid 282 (388 mg, 2.0 mmol) in
pyridine (8 ml) was treated with acetic anhydride (0.283 ml, 3.0 mmol). The resultant solution
refluxed 6 hours, evaporated in vacuum and the remaining solid was triturated with water, collected
by filtration, dried and purified by chromatography on a silica gel column, eluent EtOAc, EtOAc-MeOH
(10:1) and finally EtOAc-MeOH (1:1), to produce 283 (164 mg, 38% yield).[M-1] 217.1
Step 3. N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(5-methyl-[l,2,4]oxadiazol-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (284)
[0343] For the preparation of the title compound 284, a procedure analogous to that described
in Example 92, step 2, but substituting 283 for 143, the title compound 284 was obtained. 1H NMR:
(DMSO) 5 (ppm): 9.62 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.5
Hz, 1H), 6.97 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H),
4.14 (s, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H). [M+l]+ 309.2

Example 167
Step 1: 4-(3,5-Dimethvl-pyrazol-l-yl)-benzoic acid (285)
[0344] A solution of 4-hydrazino-benzoic acid (0.60 g, 3.95 mmol) and acetyl acetone (0.405 ml,
3.95 mmol) in ethanol (20 ml) refluxed for 1 hour. Ethanol was removed in vacuum and the remaining
solid was triturated with water and collected by filtration to produce 285 (0.71 mg, 83% yield). [Ml]'
215.1.
Step 2. N-(2-Amino-phenyl)4-(3,5-dimethyl-pvrazol-l-yl)-benzamide (286)
[0345] For the preparation of the title compound 286, a procedure analogous to that described
in Example 92, step 2, but substituting 285 for 143, the title compound 286 was obtained in 34%
yield (purified by chromatography using as eluent CH2Cl2-methanol, 19:1). 1H NMR: (DMSO) ? (ppm):

9.73 (s, 1H); 8.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (t, J
= 7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.13 (s, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 2.37 (s,
3H), 2.20 (s, 3H). [M+l]+ 303.3

Example 168
Step 1; 2-(3,4,5-Trimethoxy-phenyl)-2,3-dihydro-furan (287)
[0346] To a solution of 5-iodo-l,2,3-trimethoxybenzene (900 mg, 3.06 mmol) and 2,3-
dihydrofuran (1.16 mL, 15.3 mmol) in dry DMF (8 mL) were added PPh3 (20 mg, 0.077 mmol), KOAc

(901 mg, 9.18 mmol), n-Bu4NCI (850 mg, 3.06 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (17 mg, 0.077 mmol). The
reaction mixture was stirred 18 h at 80°C. The reaction mixture was diluted with AcOEt and water.
After separation, the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and
concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(AcOEi/Hexane: 20/80) to afford the title compound 287 (311 mg, 1.32 mmol, 43% yield). 1H NMR:
(300 MHz, CDCI3) ? (ppm): 6.59 (s, 2H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 5.45 (dd, J = 10.5, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (m,
1H), 3.87 (s, 6H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.62 (m, 1H).
Step 2: 4-[5-(3,4,5-Trimethoxy-phenyl)-2.5-dihydro-furan-2-yl]-benzoic acid ethyl ester (288)
[0347] To a solution of 287 (200 mg, 0.846 mmol) and 4-lodo-benzoic acid ethyl ester (468
mg, 1.69 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (4 mL) were added PPh3 (20 mg, 0.076 mmol), Ag2CO3 (467 mg,
1.69 mmol) and Pd(0Ac)2 (7 mg, 0.03 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred 18 h at 80°C. The
reaction mixture was filtered through celite and washed with AcOEt. Water was added and the phases
were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and
concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(AcOEVHexane: 30/70) to afford the title compound 288 (280 mg, 0.728 mmol, 86% yield). 1H NMR
(300 MHz, CDCI3) ? (ppm): 8.05 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (s, 2H), 6.18-
5.95 (m, 4H), 4.38 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 6H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.0 Hz).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)4-[5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl)-2,5-dihydro-furan-2-yl]-benzamide (289)
[0348] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1, step 4, 5, but
substituting 288 for 6, the title compound 289 was obtained in 48% yield. 1H NMR (DMSO) ? (ppm):
8.00 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J
= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.61 (s, 2H), 6.14-5.99 (m, 4H), 3.89 (s, 6H), 3.84 (s, 3H).
Example 169
Step 1: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4[5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl)-tetrahydro-furan-2-yl]-benzamide, (290)
[0349] To a degazed solution of 289 (43 mg, 0.096 mmol) in AcOEt (4 mL) was added PtO2 (3
mg, 0.01 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under a 1 atm pressure
of H2 for 16 h. The reaction flask was purged with N2 then the reaction mixture was filtered through
celite, rinsed with MeOH and concentrated. The crude residue was purified three times by flash
chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/DCM: 2/98, AcOEt/DCM: 30/70 and AcOEt/CHCI3: 30/70) to
afford the title compound 290 (10 mg, 0.22 mmol, 23% yield). 1H NMR (CDCI3) ? (ppm): 8.10 (s,
1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (t, J = 7.5 Hz,



Example 169
Step 1: [2-(4-Vinyl-benzoylamino)-phenyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (291)
[0350] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 143, step 2, but
substituting 184 for 221, the title compound 291 was obtained in 90% yield as a dark yellow oil. 1H
NMR: (300 MHz, CDCI3) ? (ppm): 9.18 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H),
7.49 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.30-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J = 17.4, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 5.87 (d,
J = 17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
Step 2: [2-(4-Oxiranyl-benzoylamino)-phenyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (292)
[0351] To a solution of 291 (4.1 g, 12.1 mmol) in dry CHCI3 (60 mL) was added m-CPBA 70%
(3.6 g, 14.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h then additional m-
CPBA (0.6 g, 2.4 mmol) was added and the stirring continued for 1 h. A further amount of m-CPBA
(0.6 g, 2.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h. Chloroform and a 10%
solution of NaHCO3 were added and the phases were separated. The organic layer was washed with
water and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was
then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/Hexane: 1/3) to afford the title compound
292 (2.86 g, 8.07 mmol, 66% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 9.20 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J =
8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.86-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.84-6.70 (m, 1H),
3.93 (t, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J = 5.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
Step 3: (2-(4-[l-Hydroxy-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenylamino)-ethyl]-benzoylamino}-phenyl)-carbamic acid
tert-butyl ester (295) and (2-{4-[2-Hydroxy-l-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenylamino)-ethyll-benzoylamino)-
phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (293)
[0352] To a stirred solution of CoCI2 (8 mg, 0.06 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (10 mL) was added
292 (1 g, 2.8 mmol) followed by 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (516 rng, 2.8 mmol) and the reaction
mixture was allowed to react for 16 h at room temperature then it was heated at 60oC for 5 h. The
reaction mixture was partitioned between AcOEt and water and the phases were separated. The
organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The
crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/Hexane: 1/1 to afford
compounds 293 and 295 (combined: 1.07 g, 1.99 mmol, 71% yield, ratio 292/295 = 5/1) which
can be separated by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/Hexane: 1/1). 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl3) ? (ppm): Compound 292: 9.21 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H),
7.46 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.28-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 5.83 (s, 2H), 4.54-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.93 (dd,

J = 8.1, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 6H), 1.47 (s, 9H). Compound 295:
9.22 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.30-7.21
(m, 3H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.15 (s, 2H), 5.16-5.06 |m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.25 (m, 2H),
1.51 (s, 9H).
Step 4: N-(2-Arnino-phenyl)-4-[2-hydroxy-l-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenylamino)-ethyn-benzamide (294)
[0353] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 42, step 3, but
substituting 293 for 46, the title compound 294 was obtained in 50% yield. 1H NMR (DMSO) ?
(ppm): 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H),
7.00 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 5.69 (s, 2H), 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H),
3.57 (s,6H).
Example 170
Step 1: N-(2-Amino-phenvl)-4-[2-oxo-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl)-oxazolidin-4-yl]-benzamide (296)
[0354] To a solution of 293 (200 mg, 0.372 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) and THF (1 mL) was added
1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole (72 mg, 0.45 mmol) followed by Et3N (156 uL, 1.12 mmol) and the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 5 h then at 90oC for 48 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with
AcOEt, a solution of sat. NH4CI was added and the phases were separated. The organic layer was
washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (DCM/AcOEt: 80/20) to afford the desired compound
(120 mg, 0.21 mmol, 57% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO) ? (ppm): 9.37 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H),
7.76 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d. J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.25-15 (m, 3H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.61 (s, 2H), 5.40
(dd, J = 8.7, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.0 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s,
6H), 1.47 (s, 9H).
[0355] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 42, step 3, but
substituting the previous compound for 46, the title compound 296 was obtained in 81% yield.). 1H
NMR (DMSO) S (ppm): 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J =
7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (s, 2H), 5.40 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.0
Hz, 1H), 4.78 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 6H).

Example 171
Step 1: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[2-oxo-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl)-oxazolidin-5-yl]-benzamide(297)
[0356] To a solution of 295 (130 mg, 0.242 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added 1,1'-
carbonyldiimidazole (47 mg, 0.29 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h.
DCM was removed under reduced pressure, AcOEt and a solution of sat. NH4CI were added and the
phases were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4,
filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(Hexane/AcOEt: 30/70) to afford the desired compound (80 mg, 0.14 mmol, 58% yield). 1H NMR
(DMSO) ? (ppm): 9.39 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.1
Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.86-6.74 (m, 3H), 5.70 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H),
3.97-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 6H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
[0357] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 42, step 3, but
substituting the previous compound for 46, the title compound 297 was obtained in 94% yield.). 1H
NMR (DMSO) 8 (ppm): 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J =
7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.87 (m, 2H), 6.79 (s, 2H), 5.66 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.41
(t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 6H), 3.82 (s, 3H).




Example 172
Step 1: {2-[4-(1-Azido-2-hydroxy-ethyl)-benzoylaminol-phenyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (298) and
(2-[4-(2-Azido-l-hydroxy-ethyl)-benzoylamino]-phenyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (302)
[0358] To a solution of 292 (210 mg, 0.59 mmol) in acetonitrile (9 mL) and water (1 mL) was
added CeCI3 heptahydrate (110 mg, 0.296 mmol) followed by NaN3 (42 mg, 0.65 mmol). The
reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 h then acetonitrile was removed under reduced pressure. The
residue was diluted with DCM, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and
concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/Hexane: 1/1) afforded a 1:1
mixture of title compounds 298 and 302 (combined: 187 mg, 0.47 mmol, 80% yield) which were
separated by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/Hexane: 2/5). Compound 298: *H NMR:
(300 MHz, CDCIa/CDaOD) 5 (ppm): 7.95 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.70-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.1 Hz,
2H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.14 (m, 2H), 4.69 (dd, J = 7.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.65 (m, 2H), 1.49
(s, 9H). Compound 302: JH NMR: (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 9.28 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H),
7.71 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 4.87 (dd, J =
6.9, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.21 (bs, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H).

Step 2: (2-[4-(l-Amino-2-hvdroxy-ethyl)-benzovlamino]-phenyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (299)
[0359] To a solution of 298 (156 mg, 0.39 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added Pd/C 10% (20
mg, 0.02 mrnol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a 1 atm pressure of H2 at room
temperature for 16 h then it was purged with N2. The palladium was removed by filtration through
celite and the MeOH was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound 299 (88
mg, 0.24 mmol, 60% yield), which was used without purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8 (ppm):
9.24 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.10
(m, 3H), 7.06-6.94 (m, 1H), 4.12 (dd, J = 7.5, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (dd, J = 7.8, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.64-
3.51 (m, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H).
Step 3: (2-(4-(1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-benzoylamino)-2-hydroxy-ethyl]-benzoylamino)-phenyl)-carbamic acid
tert-butyl ester (300)
[0360] To a stirred solution of 299 (88 mg, 0.24 mmol) in dry DCM (2 mL) at -20°C was added
3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride (50 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by Et3N (37 uL, 0.26 mmol). The
reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature then was stirred for 48 h. A solution
of sat. NH4CI was added, followed by DCM and the phases were separated. The organic layer was
washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/DCM: 4/96) to afford title compound 300 (91
mg, 0.17 mmol, 71% yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8 (ppm): 9.29 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.1 Hz,
2H), 7.65-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 7H), 6.80 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.20-5.10 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.78 (m,
2H), 3.88 (s, 3H) 3.84 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H).
Step 4: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-Dhenyl)-4,5-dihydro-oxazol-4-yl]-benzamide (301)
[0361] To a solution of 300 (91 mg, 0.17 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) was added the Burgess
reagent (44 mg, 0.19 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 70°C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was
partitioned between AcOEt and water and the phases were separated. The organic layer was washed
with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified
by flash chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/DCM: 3/97) to afford the Boc-protected intermediate
(75 mg, 0.14 mmol, 85% yield). 1H NMR (CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 9.31 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H),
7.72 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (d, J
= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.93 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (t, J = 9.3
Hz, 1H), 4.26 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 9H).

[0362] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 42, step 3, but
substituting the previous compound for 46, the title compound 301 was obtained in 82%. 1H NMR
(CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J =
1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J =
8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 5.43 (dd, J = 9.7, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (dd, J = 9.7, 8.4 Hz, 1H),
4.25 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
Example 173
Step 1: {2-[4-(2-Amino-l-hydroxy-ethyl)-benzovlamino]-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (303)
[0363] The title compound 303 was obtained in 94% yield from 302 following the same
procedure as in Example 172, step 2. The compound 303 was used directly for next step without
purification.
Step 2: 2-(4-[2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-benzoylamino)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-benzovlamino)-Dhenvl)-carbamic acid
tert-butvl ester (304)
[0364] The title compound 304 was obtained in 40% yield from 303 and 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl
chloride following the same procedure as in Example 172, step 3. !H NMR (CDCI3) 8 (ppm): 9.31 (s,
1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.68.(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.1
Hz), 7.30-7.06 (m, 4H), 7.00-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.82 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s,
3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.85-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.32 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenvl)-4,5-dihydro-oxazol-5-yl]-benzamide (305)
[0365] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 172, step 4, 5, but
substituting 304 for 300, the title compound 305 was obtained in 63%. 1H NMR (CDCI3) ? (ppm):
8.02 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.1
Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.1
Hz, 2H), 5.74 (dd, J = 10.0, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4,51 {dd, J = 14.5, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00-3.90 (m, 7H).


Example 178
STEP l:[2-(4-FORMYL-BENZ0YLAMINO)-PHENYL]-CARBAMIC ACID TERT-BUTYL ESTER (315)
[0366] To a suspension of 4-carboxybenzaldehyde (6 g, 40 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL)
was added thionyl chloride (4.1 mL, 56 mmol, 1.4 eq), followed by DMF (1 mL) dropwise. The
mixture was refluxed for 4 hours and excess of thionyl chloride and DMF were removed under
reduced pressure. To a solution of (2-aminophenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (8.32 g, 40 mmol,
1 eq) in dichloromethane (80 mL), stirred at 0°C, was added a suspension of 4-formyl benzoyl
chloride in dichloromethane (20 mL), followed by diisopropyl ethylamine (3.61 mL, 20 mmol, 1 eq).
The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0°C then at room temperature for 30 minutes. The crude
residue was diluted with dichloromethane (300 mL) and washed with water. The combined organic
layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under vacuo. The crude residue was purified by
column chromatography on silica gel (elution 20% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 6.1 g (45% yield)
of anilide 315. 1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 10.18 (s, 1H), 9.64 (brs, 1H). 8.20 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 8.06 (d, J
= 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H),
6.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 1.58 (s, 9H).

Step 2: (2-(4-[(3,4-Dimethoxyphenylamino)-Methyl]-Benzoylamino)-Phenyl)-Carbamic Acid Tert-Butyl
Ester (316)
[0367] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 144, step 3, but
substituting the previous compound for 226, the title compound 316 was obtained in quantitative
yield. 1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 9.21 (brs, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d,
J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.34 (m, 3H), 6.89 (brs, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (d. J = 2.2 Hz,
1H), 6.23 (dd, J = 2.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 9H).
Step3:N-(2-Aminophenyl)-4-[l-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-ureidomethyll-
benzamide 317
[0368] To a solution of anilide 316 (500 mg, 1.047 mmol) in chloroform/THF (1:1, 10 mL) was
added isocyanate (169 nL, 1.205 mmol, 1.15 eq). The mixture was stirred overnight at room
temperature under nitrogen and the crude residue was concentrated and purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (elution 40% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 606 mg (90% yield) of the
desired compound. 1H NMR (CDCI3): 5 9.25 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 7.0 Hz,
1HJ, 7.44 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.36 (m, 6H), 6.93 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.75 (dd, J
= 2.2, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (dd, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H),
2.51 (s, 3H), 1.57 (s,9H).
[0369] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 42, step 3, but
substituting the previous compound for 46, the title compound 317 was obtained in 85% yield. lH
NMR (DMSO-d6): ? 10.14 {brs, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.35 Hz, 4H),
7.39 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.30 (2m, 5H), 6.97 (dd. J = 2.2, 8.35 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J = 2.2,
8.35 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H).


Example 179
Step 1: N-(2-Amino-Dhenyl)-6-chloro-nicotinamide(318)
[0370] Following the procedure described in Example 42, step 2, the title compound 318 was
obtained in 80% yield. LRMS = calc:246.69, found:247.7.
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-6-(quinolin-2-ylsulfanyl)-nicotinamide (319)
[0371] Following the procedure described in Example 45, step 1 but substituting 318 for 3,4,5-
trimethoxybenzylamine, the tite compound 319 was obtained in 20% yield. lH NMR: (CD30D-d6) 5
(ppm): 9.08 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.35-8.25 (m, 2H), 7.99-7.56 (m, 7H), 7.23 (dd, J = 1.2, 7.9 Hz,
1H), 7.12 (dd J=1.4, 7.9, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (dd, J=1.2, 8.0Hz, 1H), 6.79 (ddd, J=1.4, 7.7, 13.7
Hz, 1H).


Step 1: 4-[(4-Morpholin-4-yl-phenylamino)-methyl]-benzoic acid (402a).
[0372] A suspension of 4-formylbenzoic acid (2.53g; 16.8 rnmol; 1 eq), 4-morpholinoaniline (3g;
16.8 mmol; ] eq) and Bu2SnCI2 (510 mg; 1.68 mmo!; 0.1 eq) in dry THF (20 rnl) was treated with
PhSiH3 (3.31ml; 16.8 mmol; 1 eq) at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction was filtered and the
solid product was washed with MeOH. The yield of the reaction was 5.25g (99%' LRMS: calc
312.37; found: 313.2.
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenylamino)-methyl1-benzamide (402)
[0373] To a solution of acid 402a (2.61g; 8.36 mmol; 1 eq), 1,2-phenylenediamine (903 mg;
8.36 mmol; 1 eq) and BOP (3.70g; 8.36 mmol; 1 eq) in dry DMF (20 ml) was added Et3N (4.64ml;
33.4 mmol; 4 eq). After stirring overnight most of the DMF was removed under reduced pressure
and chromatographed (Hex:EtAcO: 1:2/ EtAcO). The crystal 402 was obtained in 70% (2.35g). 1H-
NMR (300.07 MHz; DMS0-d6) 5 (ppm): 9.65 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=7.9, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=7.9, 2H), 7.22
(d, J=7.5, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J-7.0, 7.5, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=7.9, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=8.8, 2H), 6.65 (dd, J=7.5,
7.0.1H), 6.57 (d, J=8.8, 2H), 4.93 (bs, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=5.7, 2H), 3.75 (tn, 4H), 2.93 (m, 4H). LRMS:
calc 402.49; found: 403.4.


Step 1. 4-[(3,4-Dimethoxyphenylamino)-methyn-benzoic acid (424a)
[0374] In a 50 ml flask, a mixture of 4-aminoveratrole (1.53 g, 10 mmol), 4-formyl-benzoic acid
(1.50 g, 10 mmol), dibutyltin dichloride (304 mg, 1 mmol), phenylsilane (2.47 ml, 20 mmol) in
anhydrous THF (10 mL) and DMA (10 ml) was stirred overnight, at room temperature. After solvents
removal, the crude residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 ml) and then washed with saturated
aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (50 ml x 3). The combined aqueous layers were acidified with 6% of
NaHSO4 to pH = 4. The resulting white suspension was filtrated and then the filter cake was washed
with water (5 ml x 3). The cake was dried over freeze dryer to afford acid (1.92 g, 67 %) white solid
product. LRMS = 288 (MH)+.
Step 2. N-(2-Aminophenyl)-4-[(3,4-dimethoxyphenylamino)-methyn-benzamide (424b)
[0375] In a 150 ml flask, a mixture of acid (1.92 g, 6.69 mmol), benzotriazol-1-yloxy-
tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP, 3.26 g, 7.37 mmol), triethylamine ( 1.87
ml, 13.4 mmol), o-phenylenediamine (1.30g, 12.02 mmol) in methylenechloride ( 67 ml) was stirred
at rt for 2 h. After solvents removal, the crude residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 ml) and then
washed with NaHCO3 saturated solution and brine 50 ml. The combined organic layers were dried
over Na2SO4 and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The crude material was submitted to a
chromatographic purification (column silica, 55%-70 % EtOAc in 1% Et3N of hexanes) and then the all
interested fractions were concentrated to dryness. The residue was suspended in minimum

quantities of ethyl acetate and then filtered to afford final product (1.49 g, 59 %). 1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.65 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.9
Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 7.9, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 7.9 hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 8.79 Hz, 1H), 6.45
(dd, J = 7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.01-6.08 (m, 2H), 4.94 (s, 2H, NH2), 4.36 (d, J
= 6.16 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 3H).
Example 283b
Step 1: N-(4-Aminothiophen-3-yl)-4-[(3,4-dimethoxyphenylamino)-methyl]-benzamide:
[0376] Acid 424a (1040 mg; 3.62 mmol); 3,4-diaminothiophene dihydrochloride (1017 mg;
5.44 mmol; 1.50 eq.) and BOP (1770 mg; 4.0 mmol; 1.1 eq.) were suspended in MeCN, treated with
triethylamine (4 mL; 29 mmol) and stirred for 18h at room temperature; concentrated and purified by
chromatographic column on silica gel (elution 50% EtOAc in DCM) to render 527 mg (1.37 mmol; 38
% yield) of compound 424c which was 90% pure. 1H-NMR (300.07 MHz; DMS0-d6) 8 (ppm): 8.56 (s,
1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J == 7.9 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, J = 8.8 Hz,
1H), 6.33 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.13 (dd, J = 2.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H),
3.80 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H). LRMS: calc: 383.4642; found: 384.2 (M+H); 406.2 (M+Na) and 192.6
(M+2HV2.

Step 1: Methy-(5-nitrobenzothiazol-2-yl)-amine (456a)
[0377] A mixture of 2-fluoro-5-nitroaniline (861 mg; 5.52 mmol; 1.02 eq); lm2CS (960.3 mg;
5.39 mmol) and dry K2CO3 (1.45g) was suspended in dry DME (10 mL) and stirred under nitrogen for
90 min at room temperature. The yellow suspension was made fluid by diluting with DME (10 mL)
followed by addition of 40% MeNH2 in water (4.0 mL; 46.5 mmol; 8.6 eq). The system was heated up

to 65C and stirred at this temperature for 3.5 h, cooled down, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed
with saturated NaCI (X2). After conventional work-up procedures, the dark crude mixture was purified
through chromatographic column on silica gel (elution 50% EtOAc in hexane, then 5% MeOH in DCM),
to afford 836.8 mg (4.0 mmol; 72% yield) of compound 456a.
Step 2: N-Methyl-benzothiazole-2.5-diamine (456b)
[0378] A mixture of nitro compound 456a (593 mg; 2.83 mmol); SnCI2 ( 4.02 g; 20.8 mmol;
7.35 eq) and NH4OAc (4.5g) was suspended in THF:MeOH:H2O = 1:1:1 (60 mL) and stirred at 70°C
for 2 h, cooled down, diluted with ethyl acetate and successively washed with saturated NaHCO3 and
brine; dried (MgSO4) filtered and concentrated. The residue (443 mg; 2.43 mmol; 87%) showed
consistent spectrum and suitable purity degree for synthetic purposes, therefore was submitted to
the next step without further purification.
Step 3: 4-[(2-Methylaminobenzothiazol-5-Ylamino)-Methyn-Benzoic Acid (456c)
[0379] A solution of aniline 456b (509 mg; 2.8 mmol); 4-formylbenzoic acid (426 mg; 2.8
mmol) and Bu2SnCI2 (198 mg; 0.65 mmol; 23% mol) in DME (14 mL) was stirred at room
temperature for 3 min and treated with neat PhSiH3 (0.6 mL; 4.7 mmol; 1.7 mmol) and allowed to
react for 18h. After quenching the excess of silane with MeOH, the mixture was concentrated and
purified by chromatographic column on silica gel (elution 5% MeOH in DCM) to give 729 mg (2.54
mmol; 91% yield) of acid 456c.
Step 4: N-(2-Aminophenyl)-4-[(2-methylaminobenzothiazol-5-ylamino)-methyl]-benzamide (456)
[0380] A mixture of acid 456c (729 mg; 2.54 mmol), 1,2-phenylenediamine (376 mg; 3.47
mmol; 1.36 eq) and BOP (1.43 g; 3.23 mmol; 1.27 eq) was dissolved in acetonitrile (15 mL), treated
with triethylamine (3mL) and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with methanol,
concentrated and purified by chromatographic column on silica gel (40% EtOAc in DCM) and the
obtained material crystallized from DCM to give 358 mg (0.88 mmol; 35 % yield) of pure compound
456. 1H-NMR (300 MHz; DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.57 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J = 4.8
Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (t, J = 7.5
Hz, 1H), 6.76 4.87 (bs, 2H), 6.58 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.13 (dd, J = 1.8,
8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (bs, 2H), 4.36 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (d, J - 4.8 Hz,
3H). LRMS: calc: 403.5008, found: 404.2 (M+NH) and 202.6 (M+2H)/2.


Example 235
Step 1: Methyl-4-(5-methoxy-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl-sulfanylmethyl)-benzoate (376a)
[0381] To a solution 5-methoxy-2-thiobenzimidazole (2.00 g, 11.1 mmol of in anhydrous DMF (40
ml) was added methy-4-(bromomethyl)-benzoate (2.54 g, 11.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was
stirred 16 h at room temperature. The DMF was evaporated and the residue was triturated in ethyl
acetate during 30 min and then filtered and dried. The desired compound was isolated as the HBr
salt: 98% yield, (4.44 g). 1H NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.52 (m, 3H),
7.09 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J = 8.8 , 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 6H). MS: (calc.)
328.1, (obt.), 329.2 (MH)+.
Step 2: 4-(5-Methoxy-lH-benzimidazol-2-yl-sulfanylmethyl)-benzoic acid (376b)
[0382] A solution of LiOH.H2O (1.02 g, 24.4 mmol) in water (15 ml) was added to a suspension
of 376a (3.99 g, 9.75 mmol of in THF (10 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h at room
temperature. The reaction mixture was acidified with a solution of HCI 1 M to pH 4. The desired
product was triturated 20 min. at 0°C and then filtered and dried. Compound 376b was obtained as
a white powder (100% yield, 3.05 g). 1H NMR: (DMSO) 8 (ppm): 12.85 (bs, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.1 Hz,
2H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J =
8.8 , 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3 H). MS: (calc.) 314.1, (obt), 315.1 (MH)+.

Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)4-(5-methoxy-lH-benzimidazol-2-yl-sulfanylmethyl)-benzamide (376)
[0383] Following the procedure described in Example 1 step 5 but substituting 4-(5-methoxy-lH-
benzimidazol-2-yl-sulfanylmethyl)-benzoic acid 2 for 7 the title compound 376 was obtained as a
white powder.: 36% yield (933 mg). 1H NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 12.42 (bs, 1H), 9.57 (bs, 1H), 7.89 (d,
J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98-
6.93 (m, 2H), 6.77-6.55 (m, 2H), 6.58 (dd, J = 7.3, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s,
3 H). MS: (calc.) 404.1, (obt), 405.4 (MH)+.
Examples 180-328
[0384] Examples 180 to 327 (compounds 320 - 468) were prepared using the same
procedure as described for compound 126 to 319 in Example 85 to 179 (scheme 11 to 58).
Examples 329-344
[0385] Examples 329 to 344 (compounds 470 - 485) were prepared using the same
procedure as described for compound 8 to 224 in Example 1 to 143 (scheme 1 to 32).


Example 345
Step 1: Methyl 3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-acrylic ester (486)
[0386] To a solution of anhydrous APr2NH (758 ul, 5.40 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 ml) stirred
at 0°C under nitrogen , was slowly added a solution of n-BuLi (2.22 ml, 5.54 mmol, 2.5 M in hexane).
After 30 min, LDA was cooled to -78°C and anhydrous methyl acetate (430 Dl, 5.40 mmol) was
added dropewise. After 30 min, a solution of 4-bromobenzaldehyde (500 mg, 2.70 mmol) in
anhydrous THF (10 ml) was slowly added. After 30 min, a solution of 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-
triazine (569 mg, 3.24 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 ml) was added. Then, the temperature was
allowed to warm up to room temperature overnight. A suspension appeared. The reaction mixture
was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the
organic layer was successively washed with H2O and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and
concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/hexane:
10/90) to give the title product 486 (394 mg, 1.9 mmol, 61% yield) as a colorless crystalline solid.
]H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 7.63 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), AB system (8A = 7.53, 5B = 7.39, J =
8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.43 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H).
Step 2: Methyl 3-[4-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-ohenylamino)-phenyl]-acrylic ester (487)
[0387] A mixture of Cs2CO3 (378 mg, 1.16 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (6 mg, 0.025 mmol), (rac)-BINAP
(23 mg, 0.037 mmol), was purged with nitrogen for 10 min. 486 (200 mg, 0.83 mmol), 3,4,5-
trimethoxyaniline (182 mg, 0.99 mmol), and anhydrous toluene (5 ml) were added, respectively. The
reaction mixture was heated to 100°C under nitrogen for 24 h. Then, it was allowed to cool to room
temperature, diluted with AcOEt, and successively washed with a saturated aqueous solution
NaHCO3, H2O, sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated.
The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOFt/hexane: 40/60) to
afford the title compound 487 (280 mg, 0.82 mmol, 98% yield) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 7.64 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (bd, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.12-6.86 (m, 2H), 6.60-6.20
(m, 3H, included at 6.29, d, J = 15.8 Hz), 3.84 (s, 9H), 3.80 (s, 3H).
Step 3: N-2-Amino-phenyl)-3-r4-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenylamino)-phenyl]-acrylamide (488)
[0388] The title compound 488 was obtained from 487 in 2 steps following the same procedure
as Example 1, steps 4 and 5. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMS0-d6) ? (ppm): 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H),
7.60-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.78

(d, J - 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (s, 2H), 4.97 (s, 2H),
3.79 (s, 6H), 3.66 (s, 3H).

Example 346
Step 1: 3-(4-Forrnyl-3-methoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid tert-butyl ester 489
[0389] Following the procedure described in Example 53, step 1, but substituting 4-hydroxy-2-
methoxy-benzaldehyde for 84, followed by Example 42, step 2, but substituting the previous
compound for 42, the title compound 489 was obtained in 29% yield. LRMS = calc: 262, found:
263.2 (M+H+).
Step 2: 3-(3-Methoxy-4-f(3.4.5-trimethoxy-phenylamino)-methyn-phenyl]-acrylic acid tert-butyl ester
490
[0390] Following the procedure described in Example 144, step 3, but substituting 489 for 4-
formylbenzaldehyde, the title compound 490 was obtained in 69% yield. LRMS = calc: 429, found:
430.5 (M+H+).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-3-{13-methoxy-4-[(3,4,5-trimethoxy-ohenylamino)-methyn]-phenyl)-acrylamide
491
[0391] Following the procedure described in Example 42, step 3, 4, but substituting 490 for 46,
the title compound 491 was obtained in 67% yield. 1H NMR (CDCI3;, 5 (ppm): 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.74
(d, J = 15.4 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.06 (m, 3H); 6.80 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d, J = 15.A HZ, 1H), 5.98 (s,
2H), 4.40 (s, 2H); 4.12 (bs, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 6H).


Example 436
Step 1: Methyl-5-methyl-benzofuran-2-carboxylate (583)
[0392] A stirring suspension of 5-methylsalicylaldehyde (1.0 mg, 7.5 mmol), K2CO3(1.55 g, 11.0
mmol), and Bu4NBr (322 mg, 1 mmol) in toluene (30ml) was treated with dimethylbromomalo-nate
(1.06 ml, 8.0 mmol). The suspension was heated to reflux with a Dean-Stark trap for 20 h. The brown

suspension was cooled to 25°C and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken in DCM and
filtered. The filtrate was washed with H2O, 1N NaOH and brine. The organic layer was dried over
magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column
chromatography (10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to afford the title compound 583 (600mg, 42% yield).
LRMS : 190.2 (Calc); 191.1 (found).
Step 2: Methyl-5-bromornethyl-benzofuran-2-carboxylate (585)
[0393] A mixture of 583 (500 mg, 2.63 mmol), /V-bromosuceinimide (561 mg, 3.15 mmol) and
1,1'-azobis(cyclohexanecarbonitrile) (Vazo) (63 mg, 0.26 mmol) in 15 ml of CCl4 was heated
overnight under reflux. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, quenched by adding water and
extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO4, filtered and
concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (30% ethyl acetate/hexane)
to afford the title compound 585 (680mg, 96% yield). 1H NMR: (CDCI3) S (ppm): 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.70-
7.52 (m, 3H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 2H). LRMS : 268.2 (Calc); 269.1 (found).
Step 3: Methyl-5-[(3,4-dimethoxy-phenylamino)-methyll-benzofuran-2-carboxylate (586)
[0394] Following the procedure described in Example 47, step 2, but substituting 585 for 63,
the title compound 586 was obtained in 40% yield. LRMS : 341 (Calc); 342.3 (found).
Step 4: 5-[(3,4-Dimethoxy-phenylamino)-methyl]benzofuran-2-carboxylic acid (2-amino-phenyl)-amide
(587)
[0395] Following the procedure described in Example 1, steps 4,5, but substituting 585 for 6,
the title compound 587 was obtained in 29% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 9.83 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s,
1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.97
(t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.33
(s, 1H), 6.04 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.31 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H),
2.82 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H). LRMS : 417.46 (Calc); 418.4 (found).
Example 437
Step 1: Methyl-5-nitro-benzofblthiophene-2-carboxylate (584)
[0396] A stirring suspension of 5-nitro-2-chloro-benzaldehyde (4.0 g, 21.6 mmol) in DMF (40 ml)
at 5°C was treated with K2CO3(3.52 g, 25.5 mmol) followed by methylglycolate (1.93 ml, 21.6
mmol). The resulting solution was warmed to 25°C and stirred for 20h. The solution was then poured
into 250ml of ice H2O and the white precipitate that formed was collected by filtration. Crystallization

from EtOAc afforded fine pale orange needles of 584 (3.54 g, 69%). LRMS : 237.0 (Calc); 238.1
(und). 1H NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 9.00 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.39-8.30 (m, 2H), 3.93 (s,
3H).
Step 2: Methyl-5-amino-benzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylate (588)
[0397] A suspension of 584 (3.52 g, 14.8 mmol) in rnethanol (100 ml) was treated with Fe
powder (6.63 g, 118.7 mmol). The resulting suspension was heated to reflux, and 12M HCI (8.5 ml)
was slowly added over 15 min. The resulting green dark suspension was refluxed for an additional 3
h, then cooled and concentrated. The residue was taken up in EtOAc and washed with saturated
aqueous NaHCO3, then brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford (2.57 g, 84%).
1H NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 7.92 (s( 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (dd,
J = 1.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H). LRMS : 207.0 (Calc); 208.1 (found).
Step 3: Methyl-543,4,5-trimethoxy-benzylamino)-benzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylate (589)
[0398] Following the procedure described in Example 144, step 3, but substituting 588 for
226, the title compound 589 was obtained in 68% yield. (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J =
8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.02-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.73 (s, 2H), 6.41 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.84
(s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 6H), 3.62 (s, 3H). LRMS : 387.1 (Calc); 388.3 (found).
Step 4: 5-(3,4,5-Trimethoxy-benzylamino)-benzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxvlic acid (2-amino-phenvl)-amide
(590)
[0399] Following the procedure described in Example 1, steps 4,5, but substituting 589 for 6,
the title compound 590 was obtained in % yield1H NMR: (DMSO) 5 (ppm): 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J =
8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.74 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 3.73 (s, 3H).

Examples 347-425
[0393] Examples 347 to 425 (compounds 492-570) were prepared using the same procedure
as described for compound 44 to 491 in Example 40 to 346 (scheme 3 to 64).
Assay Example 1
Inhibition of Histone Deacetylase Enzymatic Activity
1. Human HDAC-1
[0394] HDAC inhibitors were screened against a cloned recombinant human HDAC-1 enzyme
expressed and purified from a Baculovirus insect cell expression system. For deacetylase assays,
20,000 cpm of the [3H]-metabolically labeled acetylated histone substrate (M. Yoshida et al., J. Biol.
Chem. 265(28): 17174-17179 (1990)) was incubated with 30 ?g of the cloned recombinant hHDAC-
1 for 10 minutes at 37 °C. The reaction was stopped by adding acetic acid (0.04 M, final
concentration) and HCI (250 mM. final concentration). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate
and the released [3H]-acetic acid was quantified by scintillation counting. For inhibition studies, the
enzyme was preincubated with compounds at 4 °C for 30 minutes prior to initiation of the enzymatic
assay. IC50 values for HDAC enzyme inhibitors were determined by performing dose response
curves with individual compounds and determining the concentration of inhibitor producing fifty
percent of the maximal inhibition. IC50 values for representative compounds are presented in the
third column of Table 5.
2. MTT Assay
[0395] HCT116 cells (2000/well) were plated into 96-well tissue culture plates one day before
compound treatment. Compounds at various concentrations were added to the cells. The cells were
incubated for 72 hours at 37°C in 5% CO2 incubator. MTT (3-[4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl]-2,5 diphenyl
tetrazolium bromide, Sigma) was added at a final concentration of 0.5 mg/ml and incubated with the
cells for 4 hours before one volume of solubilization buffer (50% N,N-dimethylformamide, 20% SDS,
pH 4.7) was added onto the cultured cells. After overnight incubation, solubilized dye was quantified
by colorimetric reading at 570 nM using a reference at 630 nM using an MR700 plate reader
(Dynatech Laboratories Inc.). OD values were converted to cell numbers according to a standard
growth curve of the relevant cell line. The concentration which reduces cell numbers to 50% of that
of solvent treated cells is determined as MTT IC50. IC50 values for representative compounds are
presented in the fourth column of Table 5.

3. Histone H4 acetvlation in whole cells by immunoblots
[0396] T24 human bladder cancer cells growing in culture were incubated with HDAC inhibitors
for 16 h. Histones were extracted from the cells after the culture period as described by M. Yoshida
et al. (J.. Biol. Chem. 265(28): 17174-17179 (1990)). 20 g of total histone protein was loaded onto
SDS/PAGE and transferred to nitrocellulose membranes. Membranes were probed with polyclonal
antibodies specific for acetylated histone H-4 (Upstate Biotech Inc.), followed by horse radish
peroxidase conjugated secondary antibodies (Sigma). Enhanced Chemiluminescence (ECU
(Amersham) detection was performed using Kodak films (Eastman Kodak). Acetylated H-4 signal was
quantified by densitometry. Representative data are presented in the fifth column of Table 5. Data
are presented as the concentration effective for reducing the acetylated H-4 signal by 50% (EC50).
































































































Assay Example 2
Antineoplastic Effects of Histone Deacetylase
Inhibitor son Human Tumor Xenografts In Vivo
[0397] Eight to ten week old female BALB/c nude mice (Taconic Labs, Great Barrington, NY)
were injected subcutaneously in the flank area with 2 x 106 preconditioned HCT116 human colorectal
carcinoma cells. Preconditioning of these cells was done by a minimum of three consecutive tumor
transplantations in the same strain of nude mice. Subsequently, tumor fragments of approximately
30 mgs were excised and implanted subcutaneously in mice, in the left flank area, under Forene
anesthesia (Abbott Labs, Geneve, Switzerland). When the tumors reached a mean volume of 100
mm3, the mice were treated intravenously, subcutaneously, or intraperitoneally by daily injection, with
a solution of the histone deacetylase inhibitor in an appropriate vehicle, such as PBS, DMSO/water,
or Tween 80/water, at a starting dose of 10 mgAg- The optimal dose of the HDAC inhibitor was
established by dose response experiments according to standard protocols. Tumor volume was
calculated every second day post infusion according to standard methods (e.g., Meyer etal., Int. J.
Cancer 43: 851-856 (1989)). Treatment with the HDAC inhibitors according to the invention caused
a significant reduction in tumor weight and volume relative to controls treated with vehicle only (i.e.,
no HDAC inhibitor). In addition, the level of histone acetylation when measured was significantly
elevated relative to controls. Data for selected compounds are presented in Table 6. FIG. 1 shows
the full experimental results for compound 106, which inhibits tumor growth by 80%. Figs. 2-10
show the results of additional compounds tested.



Combined Antineoplastic Effect of Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors and Histone Deacetylase
Antisense Oligonucleotides on Tumor Cells In Vivo
[0398] The purpose of this example is to illustrate the ability of the combined use of a histone
deacetylase inhibitor of the invention and a histone deacetylase antisense oligonucleotide to enhance
inhibition of tumor growth in a mammal. Preferably, the antisense oligonucleotide and the HDAC
inhibitor inhibit the expression and activity of the same histone deacetylase.
[0399] As described in Example 126, mice bearing implanted HCT116 tumors (mean volume
100 mm3) are treated daily with saline preparations containing from about 0.1 mg to about 30 mg
per kg body weight of histone deacetylase antisense oligonucleotide. A second group of mice is
treated daily with pharmaceutically acceptable preparations containing from about 0.01 mg to about
5 mg per kg body weight of HDAC inhibitor.
[0400] Some mice receive both the antisense oligonucleotide and the HDAC inhibitor. Of these
mice, one group may receive the antisense oligonucleotide and the HDAC inhibitor simultaneously
intravenously via the tail vein. Another group may receive the antisense oligonucleotide via the tail
vein, and the HDAC inhibitor subcutaneously. Yet another group may receive both the antisense
oligonucleotide and the HDAC inhibitor subcutaneously. Control groups of mice are similarly
established which receive no treatment [e.g., saline only), a mismatch antisense oligonucleotide only,
a control compound that does not inhibit histone deacetylase activity, and a mismatch antisense
oligonucleotide with a control compound.
[0401] Tumor volume is measured with calipers. Treatment with the antisense oligonucleotide
plus the histone deacetylase protein inhibitor according to the invention causes a significant
reduction in tumor weight and volume relative to controls.

WE CLAIM :
I. A histone deacetylase inhibitor of formula (3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Ar3 is unsubstituted phenylene, wherein said unsubstituted phenylene is a phenylene
which does not have its hydrogens independently replaced with another non-hydrogen
substituent;
Cy3 is optionally substituted pyrimidinyl, wherein said optionally substituted
pyrimidinyl is a pyrimidinyl in which one or more hydrogens have been optionally
independently replaced with another non-hydrogen substituent, wherein said non-hydrogen
substituent is selected from the group consisting of C1-C8alkoxy, halo, C1-C8alky,
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, wherein said
optionally substituted aryl is an aryl in which one or more hydrogens have been optionally
independently replaced with C1-C8alkoxy and said optionally substituted heteroaryl is a
heteroaryl in which one or more hydrogens have been optionally independently replaced
with C1-C8alkoxy; and
X2 is W1-L3, wherein
W1 is N(R9), wherein R9 is hydrogen; and
L3 is unsubstituted C1-C4alkylene, wherein said unsubstituted C1-C4alkylene is a C1-
C4alkylene which does not have its hydrogens independently replaced with another non-
hydrogen substituent.
2. A composition comprising a compound as claimed in claim 1 and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
3. A method of inhibiting histone deacetylase in a cell in vitro, the method
comprising contacting a cell in vitro with a compound as claimed in claim 1.
The invention relates to the inhibition of histone deacetylase, particularly to inhibitors to
inhibit histone deacetylase enzymatic activity. The invention provides compounds of
Formula (3) for inhibiting histone deacetylase enzymatic activity:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Cy3, X2 and Ar3 are as defined in the
specification, and methods for inhibiting histone deacetylase activity with such compounds.
The invention also provides compositions and methods of inhibiting histone deacetylase in a
cell in vitro."
Full Text A HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITOR
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field of the Invention
[0001] This invention relates to the inhibition of histone deacetylase. More particularly, the
invention relates to compounds and methods for inhibiting histone deacetylase enzymatic activity.
Summary of the Related Art
[0002] In eukaryotic cells, nuclear DNA associates with histones to form a compact complex
called chromatin. The histones constitute a family of basic proteins which are generally highly
conserved across eukaryotic species. The core histones, termed H2A, H2B, H3, and H4, associate
to form a protein core. DNA winds around this protein core, with the basic amino acids of the
histones interacting with the negatively charged phosphate groups of the DNA. Approximately 146
base pairs of DNA wrap around a histone core to make up a nucleosome particle, the repeating
structural motif of chromatin.
[0003] Csordas, Biochem. J., 286: 23-38 (1990) teaches that histones are subject to
posttranslational acetylation of the ?,?-amino groups of /V-terminal lysine residues, a reaction that is
catalyzed by histone acetyl transferase (HAT1). Acetylation neutralizes the positive charge of the
lysine side chain, and is thought to impact chromatin structure. Indeed, Taunton et a/., Science,
272: 408-411 (1996), teaches that access of transcription factors to chromatin templates is
enhanced by histone hyperacetylation. Taunton et al., further teaches that an enrichment in
underacetylated histone H4 has been found in transcriptionally silent regions of the genome.
[0004] Histone acetylation is a reversible modification, with deacetylation being catalyzed by a
family of enzymes termed histone deacetylases (HDACs). Grozinger et a/., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA, 96: 4868-4873 (1999), teaches that HDACs is divided into two classes, the first represented
by yeast Rpd3-like proteins, and the second represented by yeast Hdal-like proteins. Grozinger et
al. also teaches that the human HDAC1, HDAC2, and HDAC3 proteins are members of the first class
of HDACs, and discloses new proteins, named HDAC4, HDAC5, and HDAC6, which-are members of
the second class of HDACs. Kao et a/., Genes & Dev., 14: 55-66 (2000), discloses HDAC7, a new
member of the second class of HDACs. Van den Wyngaert, FEBS, 478: 77-83 (2000) discloses
HDAC8, a new member of the first class of HDACs.

[0005] Richon et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 95: 3003-3007 (1998), discloses that HDAC
activity is inhibited by trichostatin A (TSA), a natural product isolated from Streptomyces
hygroscopicus, and by a synthetic compound, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA). Yoshida and
Beppu, Exper. Cell Res., 177: 122-131 (1988), teaches that TSA causes arrest of rat fibroblasts at
the G1 and G2 phases of the cell cycle, implicating HDAC in cell cycle regulation. Indeed, Finnin et al.,
Nature, 401: 188-193 (1999), teaches that TSA and SAHA inhibit cell growth, induce terminal
differentiation, and prevent the formation of tumors in mice. Suzuki et al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,905,
EP 0847992, JP 258863/96, and Japanese Application No. 10138957, disclose benzamide
derivatives that induce cell differentiation and inhibit HDAC. Delorme et al., WO 01/38322 and PCT
IB01/00683, disclose additional compounds that serve as HDAC inhibitors.
[0006] The molecular cloning of gene sequences encoding proteins with HDAC activity has
established the existence of a set of discrete HDAC enzyme isoforms. Grozinger et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, 96:4868-4873 (1999), teaches that HDACs may be divided into two classes, the
first represented by yeast Rpd3-like proteins, and the second represented by yeast Hdal-like
proteins. Grozinger et al. also teaches that the human HDAC-1, HDAC-2, and HDAC-3 proteins are
members of the first class of HDACs, and discloses new proteins, named HDAC-4, HDAC-5, and
HDAC-6, which are members of the second class of HDACs. Kao et al., Gene & Development 14:55-
66 (2000), discloses an additional member of this second class, called HDAC-7. More recently, Hu,
E. et al. J. Bio. Chem. 275:15254-13264 (2000) discloses the newest member of the first class of
histone deacetylases, HDAC-8. It has been unclear what roles these individual HDAC enzymes play.
[0007] These findings suggest that inhibition of HDAC activity represents a novel approach for
intervening in cell cycle regulation and that HDAC inhibitors have great therapeutic potential in the
treatment of cell proliferative diseases or conditions. To date, few inhibitors of histone deacetylase
are known in the art. There is thus a need to identify additional HDAC inhibitors and to identify the
structural features required for potent HDAC inhibitory activity.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0008] The invention provides compounds and methods for treating cell proliferative diseases.
The invention provides new inhibitors of histone deacetylase enzymatic activity.
[0009] In a first aspect, the invention provides compounds that are useful as inhibitors of histone
deacetylase.

[0010] In a second aspect, the invention provides a composition comprising an inhibitor of
histone deacetylase according to the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient,
or diluent.
[0011] In a third aspect, the invention provides a method of inhibiting histone deacetylase in a
cell, comprising contacting a cell in which inhibition of histone deacetylase is desired with an inhibitor
of histone deacetylase of the invention.
[0012] The foregoing merely summarizes certain aspects of the invention and is not intended to
be limiting in nature. These aspects and other aspects and embodiments are described more fully
below.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0013] Figure 1 is a graph showing the antitumor activity of compound 106 in an HCT 116
human colorectal tumor model.
[0014] Figures 2-11 show additional data for other compounds used in the in vivo experiment
described in Assay Example 2.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
[0015] The invention provides compounds and methods for inhibiting histone deacetylase
enzymatic activity. The invention also provides compositions and methods for treating cell
proliferative diseases and conditions. The patent and scientific literature referred to herein
establishes knowledge that is available to those with skill in the art. The issued patents, applications,
and references that are cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference to the same extent as if
each was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. In the case of
inconsistencies, the present disclosure will prevail.
[0016] For purposes of the present invention, the following definitions will be used (unless
expressly stated otherwise):
[0017] As used herein, the terms "histone deacetylase" and "HDAC" are intended to refer to any
one of a family of enzymes that remove acetyl groups from the ,-amino groups of lysine residues at
the N-terminus of a histone. Unless otherwise indicated by context, the term "histone" is meant to
refer to any histone protein, including H1, H2A, H2B, H3, H4, and H5, from any species. Preferred
histone deacetylases include class I and class II enzymes. Preferably the histone deacetylase is a
human HDAC, including, but not limited to, HDAC-1, HDAC-2, HDAC-3, HDAC-4, HDAC-5, HDAC-6,

HDAC-7, and HDAC-8. In some other preferred embodiments, the histone deacetylase is derived
from a protozoal or fungal source.
[0018] The terms "histone deacetylase inhibitor" and "inhibitor of histone deacetylase" are used
to identify a compound having a structure as defined herein, which is capable of interacting with a
histone deacetylase and inhibiting its enzymatic activity. "Inhibiting histone deacetylase enzymatic
activity" means reducing the ability of a histone deacetylase to remove an acetyl group from a
histone. In some preferred embodiments, such reduction of histone deacetylase activity is at least
about 50%, more preferably at least about 75%, and still more preferably at least about 90%. In
other preferred embodiments, histone deacetylase activity is reduced by at least 95% and more
preferably by at least 99%.
[0019] Preferably, such inhibition is specific, i.e., the histone deacetylase inhibitor reduces the
ability of a histone deacetylase to remove an acetyl group from a histone at a concentration that is
lower than the concentration of the inhibitor that is required to produce another, unrelated biological
effect. Preferably, the concentration of the inhibitor required for histone deacetylase inhibitory
activity is at least 2-fold lower, more preferably at least 5-fold lower, even more preferably at least
10-fold lower, and most preferably at least 20-fold lower than the concentration required to produce
an unrelated biological effect.
[0020] For simplicity, chemical moieties are defined and referred to throughout primarily as
univalent chemical moieties (e.g., alkyl, aryl, etc.). Nevertheless, such terms are also used to convey
corresponding multivalent moieties under the appropriate structural circumstances clear to those
skilled in the art. For example, while an "alkyl" moiety generally refers to a monovalent radical (e.g.
CH3-CH2-), in certain circumstances a bivalent linking moiety can be "alkyl," in which case those
skilled in the art will understand the alkyl to be a divalent radical (e.g., -CH2-CH2-), which is equivalent
to the term "alkylene." (Similarly, in circumstances in which a divalent moiety is required and is
stated as being "aryl," those skilled in the art will understand that the term "aryl" refers to the
corresponding divalent moiety, arylene.) All atoms are understood to have their normal number of
valences for bond formation (i.e., 4 for carbon, 3 for N, 2 for O, and 2, 4, or 6 for S, depending on
the oxidation state of the S). On occasion a moiety may be defined, for example, as (A)a-B-, wherein
a is 0 or 1. In such instances, when a is 0 the moiety is B- and when a is 1 the moiety is A-B-. Also,
a number of moieties disclosed herein exist in multiple tautomeric forms, all of which are intended to
be encompassed by any given tautomeric structure.

[0021] The term "hydrocarbyl" refers to a straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl,
each as defined herein. A "C0" hydrocarbyl is used to refer to a covalent bond. Thus, "Co-C3-
hydrocarbyl" includes a covalent bond, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and cyclopropyl.
[0022] The term "alkyl" as employed herein refers to straight and branched chain aliphatic
groups having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1-8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1-6
carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents. Preferred alkyl
groups include, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl,
pentyl, and hexyl. A "Co" alkyl (as in "C0-C3-alkyl") is a covalent bond (like "Co" hydrocarbyl).
[0023] The term "alkenyl" as used herein means an unsaturated straight or branched chain
aliphatic group with one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms,
preferably 2-8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted
with one, two or three substituents. Preferred alkenyl groups include, without limitation, ethenyl,
propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl.
[0024] The term "alkynyl" as used herein means an unsaturated straight or branched chain
aliphatic group with one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds, having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms,
preferably 2-8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted
with one, two or three substituents. Preferred alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl,
propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl.
[0025] An "alkylene," "alkenylene," or "alkynylene" group is an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group, as
defined hereinabove, that is positioned between and serves to connect two other chemical groups.
Preferred alkylene groups include, without limitation, methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene.
Preferred alkenylene groups include, without limitation, ethenylene, propenylene, and butenylene.
Preferred alkynylene groups include, without limitation, ethynylene, propynylene, and butynylene.
[0026] The term "cycloalkyl" as employed herein includes saturated and partially unsaturated
cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 12 carbons, preferably 3 to 8 carbons, and more preferably 3
to 6 carbons, wherein the cycloalkyl group additionally is optionally substituted. Preferred cycloalkyl
groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl,
cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
[0027] The term "heteroalkyl" refers to an alkyl group, as defined hereinabove, wherein one or
more carbon atoms in the chain are replaced by a heteratom selected from the group consisting of
O, S, and N.

[0098] An "aryl" group is a C6-C14 aromatic moiety comprising one to three aromatic rings, which
is optionally substituted. Preferably, the aryl group is a C6-C10 aryl group. Preferred aryl groups
include, without limitation, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and fluorenyl. An "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl"
group comprises an aryl group covalently linked to an alkyl group, either of which may independently
be optionally substituted or unsubstituted. Preferably, the aralkyl group is (C1-C6)alk(C6-C10)aryl,
including, without limitation, benzyl, phenethyl, and naphthylmethyl.
[0029] A "heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic" group is a ring structure having from about 3 to about 8
atoms, wherein one or more atoms are selected from the group consisting of N, 0, and S. The
heterocyclic group is optionally substituted on carbon at one or more positions. The heterocyclic
group is also independently optionally substituted on nitrogen with alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkylcarbonyl,
alkylsulfonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, or on sulfur with oxo or
lower alkyl. Preferred heterocyclic groups include, without limitation, epoxy, aziridinyl,
tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolidinonyl, and
morpholino. In certain preferred embodiments, the heterocyclic group is fused to an aryl, heteroaryl,
or cycloalkyl group. Examples of such fused heterocyles include, without limitation,
tetrahydroquinoline and dihydrobenzofuran. Specifically excluded from the scope of this term are
compounds having adjacent annular 0 and/or S atoms.
[0030] As used herein, the term "heteroaryl" refers to groups having 5 to 14 ring atoms,
preferably 5, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 n electrons shared in a cyclic array; and
having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to three heteroatoms per ring selected from the group
consisting of N, 0, and S. A "heteroaralkyl" or "heteroarylalkyt" group comprises a heteroaryl group
covalently linked to an alkyl group, either of which is independently optionally substituted or
unsubstituted. Preferred heteroalkyl groups comprise a C1-C6 alkyl group and a heteroaryl group
having 5, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms. Specifically excluded from the scope of this term are compounds
having adjacent annular 0 and/or S atoms. Examples of preferred heteroaralkyl groups include
pyridylmethyl, pyridylethyl, pyrrolylmethyl, pyrrolylethyl, imidazolylmethyl, imidazolylethyl,
thiazolylmethyl, and thiazolylethyl. Specifically excluded from the scope of this term are compounds
having adjacent annular 0 and/or S atoms.
[0031] An "arylene," "heteroarylene," or "heterocyclylene" group is an aryl, heteroaryl, or
heterocyclyl group, as defined hereinabove, that is positioned between and serves to connect two
other chemical groups.

[0032] Preferred heterocyclyls and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, azocinyl,
benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl,
benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-
carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl,
dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-
indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl,
isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl,
morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl,
1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl,
phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl,
piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrtpnyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl,
pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl,
pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl,
quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl,
6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl,
thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl,
1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, and xanthenyl.
[0033] As employed herein, when a moiety (e.g., cycloalkyl, hydrocarbyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
heterocyclic, urea, etc.) is described as "optionally substituted" it is meant that the group optionally
has from one to four, preferably from one to three, more preferably one or two, non-hydrogen
substituents. Suitable substituents include, without limitation, halo, hydroxy, oxo (e.g., an annular -
CH- substituted with oxo is -C(O)-) nitro, halohydrocarbyl, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,
amino, acylamino, alkylcarbamoyl, arylcarbamoyl, aminoalkyl, acyl, carboxy, hydroxyalkyl, ,
alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, alkanesulfonamido, arenesulfonamido, aralkylsulfonamido,
alkylcarbonyl, acyloxy, cyano, and ureido groups. Preferred substituents, which are themselves not
further substituted (unless expressly stated otherwise) are:
(a) halo, cyano, oxo, carboxy, formyl, nitro, amino, amidino, guanidino,
(b) C1-C5 alkyl or alkenyl or arylalkyl imino, carbamoyl, azido, carboxamido, mercapto,
hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8
alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, C2-C8 acyl, C2-C8 acylamino, C1-C8 alkylthio,
arylalkylthio, arylthio, C1-C8 alkylsulfinyl, arylalkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, C1-C8

alkylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, Co-C6 /V-alkyl carbamoyl, C2-C15 N,N-
dialkylcarbamoyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aroyl, aryloxy, arylalkyl ether, aryl, aryl fused to a
cycloalkyl or heterocycle or another aryl ring, C3-C7 heterocycle, or any of these rings
fused or spiro-fused to a cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or aryl, wherein each of the
foregoing is further optionally substituted with one more moieties listed in (a), above;
and
(c) -(CH2)s-NR30R31, wherein s is from 0 (in which case the nitrogen is directly bonded to
the moiety that is substituted) to 6, and R30 and R31 are each independently hydrogen,
cyano, oxo, carboxamido, amidino, C1-C8 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkylaryl, aryl-C1-C3 alkyl,
C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aryl-C1-
C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C8 acyl, C1-C8 alkylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aroyl,
aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl, wherein each of the foregoing is further
optionally substituted with one more moieties listed in (a), above; or
R30 and R31 taken together with the N to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl or
heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents from (a),
above.
[0034] In addition, substituents on cyclic moieties (i.e., cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl)
include 5-6 membered mono- and 10-12 membered bi-cyclic moieties fused to the parent cyclic
moiety to form a bi- or tri-cyclic fused ring system. For example, an optionally substituted phenyl
includes the following:

[0035] A "halohydrocarbyl" is a hydrocarbyl moiety in which from one to all hydrogens have been
replaced with one or more halo.
[0036] The term "halogen" or "halo" as employed herein refers to chlorine, bromine, fluorine, or
iodine. As herein employed, the term "acyl" refers to an alkylcarbonyl or arylcarbonyl substituent.
The term "acylamino" refers to an amide group attached at the nitrogen atom (i.e., R-CO-NH-). The
term "carbamoyl" refers to an amide group attached at the carbonyl carbon atom (i.e., NH2-CO-). The
nitrogen atom of an acylamino or carbamoyl substituent is additionally substituted. The term
"sulfonamido" refers to a sulfonamide substituent attached by either the sulfur or the nitrogen atom.

The term "amino" is meant to include NH2, alkylamino, arylamino, and cyclic amino groups. The term
"ureido" as employed herein refers to a substituted or unsubstituted urea moiety.
[0037] The term "radical" as used herein means a chemical moiety comprising one or more
unpaired electrons.
[0038] A moiety that is substituted is one in which one or more hydrogens have been
independently replaced with another chemical substituent. As a non-limiting example, substituted
phenyls include 2-flurophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl, 2-fluor-3-propylphenyl. As
another non-limiting example, substituted n-octyls include 2,4 dimethyl-5-ethyl-octyl and 3-cyclopentyi-
octyl. Included within this definition are methylenes (-CH2-) substituted with oxygen to form carbonyl -
CO-).
[0039] An "unsubstituted" moiety as defined above (e.g., unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted
heteroaryl, etc.) means that moiety as defined above that does not have any of the optional
substituents for which the definition of the moiety (above) otherwise provides. Thus, for example,
while an "aryl" includes phenyl and phenyl substituted with a halo, "unsubstituted aryl" does not
include phenyl substituted with a halo.
[0040] Preferred embodiments of a particular genus of compounds of the invention include
combinations of preferred embodiments. For example, paragraph [0042] identifies a preferred Ay1
and paragraph [0046] identifies preferred Ar1 (both for compound (1) of paragraph [0041]). Thus,
another preferred embodiment includes those compounds of formula (1) in paragraph [0041] in
which Ay1 is as defined in paragraph [0042] and Ar1 is as defined in paragraph [0046].
Compounds
[0041] In a first aspect, the invention provides novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase. In a first
embodiment, the novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase are represented by formula (1):

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, L1, Cy1 and -L1-
Cy1, wherein
L1 is C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 heteroalkyl, or C3-C6 alkenyl; and

Cy1 is cycloalkyl. aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which optionally is
substituted, and each of which optionally is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl rings, or
to one or more saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocyclic rings, each of
which rings optionally is substituted; or
R3 and R4 are taken together with the adjacent nitrogen atom to form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered
ring, wherein the ring atoms are independently selected from the group consisting of C, 0, S, and N,
and wherein the ring optionally is substituted, and optionally forms part of a bicyclic ring system, or
optionally is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl rings, or to one or more saturated or partially
unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocyclic rings, each of which rings and ring systems optionally is
substituted;
Y1 is selected from the group consisting of -N(R1)(R2), -CH2C(O)-N(R1)(R2), halogen, and
hydrogen, wherein
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, L1, Cy1,
and -L1-Cy1. wherein
L1 is C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 heteroalkyl, or C3-C6 alkenyl; and
Cy1 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which optionally is
substituted, and each of which optionally is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl rings, or
to one or more saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocyclic rings, each of
which rings optionally is substituted; or
R1 and R2 are taken together with the adjacent nitrogen atom to form a 5-, 6-, or 7-
membered ring, wherein the ring atoms are independently selected from the group consisting
of C, 0, S, and N, and wherein the ring optionally is substituted, and optionally may form part
of a bicyclic ring system, or optionally is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl rings, or to
one or more saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocyclic rings, each of which
rings and ring systems optionally is substituted;
Y2 is a chemical bond or N(R°), where R° is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, and acyl;
Ak1 is C1-C6 alkylene, C1-C6-heteroalkylene (preferably, in which one -CH2- is replaced with
-NH-, and more preferably -NH-CH2-), C2-C6 alkenylene or C2-C6 alkynylene;
Ar1 is arylene or heteroarylene, either of which optionally is substituted; and
Z1 is selected from the group consisting of


wherein Ay1 is aryl or heteroaryl, which optionally is substituted.
[0042] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0041], Ay1 is phenyl or thienyl,
each substituted with -OH or -NH2.
[0043] More preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0041], Ay1 is optionally
amino- or hydroxy-substituted phenyl or thienyl, wherein the amino or hydroxy substituent is
preferably ortho to the nitrogen to which Ay2 is attached.
[0044] More preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0041], Ay1 is ortho aniline,
ortho phenol, 3-amino-2-thienyl, or 3-hydroxy-2-thienyl, and tautomers thereof.
[0045] In some preferred embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0041], Z1 is

[0046] In some preferred embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0041], Ar1 is
phenylene. In some embodiments, Ak1 is alkylene, preferably methylene. In some preferred
embodiments, Y2 is -NH-. In some preferred embodiments, Yl is -N(R1)(R2) or -CH2C(O)-N(R1)(R2).
[0047] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0041], R1 and R2 are
each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, L1, Cy1, and -L'-Cy1. In some
embodiments, R1 and/or R2 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R1 and/or R2 is alkyl or alkenyl,
preferably allyl. In still other embodiments, R1 and/or R2 is aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteroaralkyl,
the rings of each of which optionally is substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings.
Some preferred aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, and heteroaralkyl groups comprise a phenyl, pyridyl, or
pyrrolyl ring. In still other embodiments, R1 and/or R2 is cycloalkyl, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or
cyclohexyl, which optionally is substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings.
[0048] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0041], R3 and R4 are
each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, L1, Cy1, and -L1-Cy1. In some
embodiments, R3 and/or R4 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R3 and/or R4 is alkyl or alkenyl,
preferably allyl. In still other embodiments, R3 and/or R4 is aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteroaralkyl,
the rings of each of which optionally is substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings.

Some preferred aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, and heteroaralkyl groups comprise a phenyl, pyridyl, or
pyrrolyl ring. In still other embodiments, R3 and/or R4 is cycloalkyl, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or
cyclohexyl, which optionally is substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings.
[0049] As set forth above, L1 is C1-C6 alky!, C2-C6 heteroalkyl, or CrC6 alkenyl. However, one
skilled in the art will understand that when L1 is not a terminal group, then L1 is C1-C6 alkylene, C2-C6
heteroalkylene, or C3-C6 alkenylene. In some embodiments, L1 is alkylene, preferably methylene or
ethylene. In other embodiments, L1 is alkenyl, preferably allyl. In some embodiments, Cy1 is the
radical of a heterocyclic group including, without limitation, piperidine, pyrrolidine, piperazine, and
morpholine, each of which optionally is substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings.
In other embodiments Cy1 is cycloalkyl, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In still other
embodiments, Cy1 is aryl or heteroaryl, e.g., phenyl, pyridyl, or pyrrolyl, each of which optionally is
substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings. In some embodiments, Cy1 is fused to
one or two benzene rings. In some embodiments, Cy1 has between one and about five substituents
selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, and halo. Examples of preferred
substituents include methyl, methoxy, and fluoro.
[0050] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0041], R1 and R2
and/or R3 and R4 are taken together with the adjacent nitrogen atom to form a 5- or 6-membered
ring, wherein the ring atoms are independently selected from the group consisting of C, 0, and N,
and wherein the ring optionally is substituted, and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings. In
some preferred embodiments, R1 and R2 and/or R3 and R4 are taken together with the adjacent
nitrogen atom to form a ring such as, for example, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, and
morpholine, wherein the ring optionally is substituted, and optionally is fused to an aryl ring. In some
embodiments, the ring comprising R1 and R2 or R3 and R4 is fused to a benzene ring. In some
embodiments, the ring comprising R1 and Rz or R3 and R4 has a substituent comprising an aryl or
cycloalkyl ring, either of which optionally is substituted and optionally is fused to a cycloalkyl, aryl,
heteroaryl, or heterocyclic ring. Preferred substituents include, without limitation, phenyl,
phenylmethyl, and phenylethyl, the phenyl ring of which optionally is fused to a cycloalkyl, aryl, or
heterocyclic ring.
[0051] In a preferred embodiment, the HDAC inhibitors of the invention comprise compounds of
formula l(a):


and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
J is C1-C3-hydrocarbyl, -N(R20) -N(R20)-CH2-, -O-, or -O-CH2-;
R20 is -H or -Me;
X and Y are independently selected from -NH2l cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and
A-(C1-C6-alkyl)n-B-;
A is H, C1-C6-alkyloxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;
B is -NH-, -0-, or a direct bond; and
n is 0 (in which case A is directly bonded to B) or 1.
[0052] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0051], A is phenyl optionally
substituted with one or more moieties selected from halo (preferably chloro) and methoxy, and B is -
NH-. In another preferred embodiment, A is selected from cyclopropyl, pyridinyl, and indanyl.
[0053] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0051], J is -NH-CH2-, -O-CH2-, -
N(CH3)-CHr, -CH=CH-, or -CH2-CH2-
[0054] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0051], R20 is -H.
[0055] In the compounds according to paragraph [0051] X is preferably selected from

and Y is preferably selected from


[0056] In a more preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0051], the
HDAC inhibitors of the invention comprise the following compounds of formula la:



[0057] In a second aspect, the novel histone deacetylase inhibitors of the invention are
represented by formula (2):

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
Cy2 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted and
each of which is optionally fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl rings, or to one or more saturated
or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocyclic rings, each of which rings is optionally substituted;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, M1-L2-M1, and L2-M2-L2 wherein
L2, at each occurrence, is independently selected from the group consisting of a
chemical bond, C1-C4 alkylene, C2-C4 alkenylene, and C1-C4 alkynylene, provided that L2 is not
a chemical bond when X1 is M1-L2-M1;
M1, at each occurrence, is independently selected from the group consisting of-O-,
-N(R7)-, -S-, -S(O)-, S(O)2, -S(O)2N(R7)-, -N(R7)-S(O)2-, -C(O)-, -C(O)-NH-, -NH-C(O)-, -NH-C(O)-O-and
-O-C(O)-NH-, wherein R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl,
acyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl; and
M2 is selected from the group consisting of M1, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene,
either of which rings optionally is substituted;
Ar2 is arylene or heteroarylene, each of which is optionally substituted;
R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, and
aralkyl;
q is 0 or 1; and

Ay2 is a 5-6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl substituted with an amino or
hydroxy moiety (preferably these groups are ortho to the amide nitrogen to which Ay2 is attached)
and further optionally substituted;
provided that when Cy2 is naphthyl, X1 is -CH2-, Ar2 is phenyl, R5 and R6 are H, and q is 0 or 1,
Ay2 is not phenyl or o-hydroxyphenyl.
[0058] In a preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0057], when Ay2
is o-phenol optionally substituted by halo, nitro, or methyl, Ar2 is optionally substituted phenyl, X1 is -
O-, -CH2-, -S-, -S-CHr, -S(O) -S(O)2, -C(O) or -OCH2, then Cy2 is not optionally substituted phenyl or
naphthyl.
[0059] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0057],
when Ay2 is o-anilinyl optionally substituted by halo, C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkoxy or -NO2, q is 0, Ar2 is
phenyl, and X1 is -CH2-, then Cy2 is not substituted pyridone (which substituents of the pyridone are
not limited to substituents described herein).
[0060] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0057],
when X1 is -CH2-, Ar2 is optionally substituted phenyl, q is 1, and R6 is H, then Cy2 is not optionally
substituted imidazole.
[0061] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0057],
when Ar2 is amino or hydroxy substituted phenyl, X1 is Co-C8-alkyl-X1a- C0-C8-alkyl, wherein Xla is -CH2-,
-O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(O)-, then Cy2 is not optionally substituted naphthyl or di- or -tetrahydronaphthalene.
[0062] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0057],
when Ay2 is o-phenol, Ar2 is substituted phenyl, X1 is -O-, -S-, -CH2-, -O-CH2-, -S-CH2-, or -C(O) and R5
and R6 are H, then Cy2 is not optionally substituted naphthyl.
[0063] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0057],
when Ay2 is o-anilinyl, q is 0, Ar2 is unsubstituted phenyl, X1 is -CH2-, then Cy2 is not substituted 6-
hydroimidazolo[5,4-d]pyridazin-7-one-l-yl or substituted 6-hydroimidazolo[5,4-d]pyridazine-7-thione-l-
yl.
[0064] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0057], Ay2 is phenyl or thienyl,
each substituted with -OH or -NH2.
[0065] More preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0057], Ay2 is optionally
amino- or hydroxy-substituted phenyl or thienyl, wherein the amino or hydroxy substituent is
preferably ortho to the nitrogen to which Ay2 is attached.

[0066] More preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0057], Ay2 is ortho aniline,
ortho phenol, 3-amino-2-thienyl, or 3-hydroxy-2-thienyl, and tautomers thereof.
[0067] In a another embodiment, the novel histone deacetylase inhibitors of the invention are
those according to paragraph [0057] wherein
q is 1;
M1 at each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of -N(R7)-, -S-, -C(O)-NH-, and
-O-C(O)-NH-, where R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, and acyl;
and
Ay2 is anilinyl, which optionally is substituted.
[0068] In some preferred embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0067], the
-NH2 group of Ay2 is in an ortho position with respect to the nitrogen atom to which Ay2 is attached.
In some embodiments, R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and C1-C4 alkyl. In some preferred embodiments, R5 and R6 are hydrogen.
[0069] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0067], Ar2 has the
formula

wherein G, at each occurrence, is independently N or C, and C optionally is substituted. In some
preferred embodiments, Ar2 has the formula

[0070] In some preferred embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0069], Ar2 is
selected from the group consisting of phenylene, pyridylene, pyrimidylene, and quinolylene.
[0071] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0067], X1 is a
chemical bond. In some embodiments, X1 is L2-M2-L2, and M2 is selected from the group consisting
of -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -S-, -C(O)-N(H)-, and -O-C(O)-N(H)-. In some embodiments, X1 is L2-M2-L2, where at
least one occurrence of L2 is a chemical bond. In other embodiments, X1 is L2-M2-L2, where at least
one occurrence of L2 is alkylene, preferably methylene. In still other embodiments, X1 is L2-M2-L2,
where at least one occurrence of L2 is alkenylene. In some embodiments, X1 is M1-L1-M1 and M1 is
selected from the group consisting of -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -S-, and -C(O)-N(H)-.

[0072] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0067], Cy2 is aryl or
heteroaryl, e.g., phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, or quinolyl, each of which optionally is substituted. In
some embodiments, Cy2 is heterocyclyl, e.g.,

each of which optionally is substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings. In some
embodiments, Cy2 has from one and three substituents independently selected from the group
consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, amino, nitro, halo, haloalkyl, and haloalkoxy. Examples of preferred
substituents include methyl, methoxy, fluoro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, nitro, amino,
aminomethyl, and hydroxymethyl.
[0073] In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of paragraph [0057], the invention
comprises compounds of structural formula (2a):

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
Ara is phenyl or thienyl;
R6 is H, or C1-C6-alkyl (preferably -CH3);
Y and Z are independently -CH= or -N=;
W is halo, (V1-L4)t-V-L3-;
L3 is a direct bond, -C1-C6-hydrocarbyl, -(C1-C3-hydrocarbyl)m1-X'-(C1-C3- hydrocarbyl)m2, -NH-
(Co-C3-hydrocarbyl), (C1-C3- hydrocarbyl)-NH-, or -NH+(C1-C3- hydrocarbyl)-NH-;
m1 and m2 are independently 0 or 1;
X1 is -N(R21) -C(O)N(R21)-, N(R21)C(O) -O-, or -S-;
R21 is -H, V-(C1-C6-hydrocarbyl)c;
L4 is (C1-C6-hydrocarbyl)a-M-(C1-C6-hydrocarbyl)b;
a and b are independently 0 or 1;
M is -NH-, -NHC(O)-, -C(O)NH-, -C(O)-, -SO2-, -NHSO2-. or -SO2NH-

V, V', and V" are independently selected from cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and
heteroaryl;
t is 0 or 1;
or W, the annular C to which it is bound, and Y together form a monocyclic cycloalkyl,
heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; and
wherein the A and Ara rings are optionally further substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents
independently selected from methyl, hydroxy, methoxy, halo, and amino.
[0074] In a preferred embodiment of the compound according to paragraph [0073]:
Y and Z are -CH= and R6 is H;
W is V-L3;
L3 is -NH-CH- or -CH-NH-;
V is phenyl optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 moieties independently selected from
halo, hydroxy, C1-C6-hydrocarbyl, C1-C6-hydrocarbyl-oxy or -thio (particularly methoxy or
methylthio), wherein each of the hydrocarbyl moieties are optionally substituted with one
or more moieties independently selected from halo, nitroso, amino, sulfonamido, and
cyano; and
Ara is phenyl and the amino moieties to which it is bound are ortho to each other.
[0075] In some preferred embodiments of the compound according to paragraph [0073], V is an
optionally substituted ring moiety selected from:

[0076] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0073], W is
selected from:,





[0077] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0073], the
A and Ara rings are not further substituted.
[0078] In a particularly preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0073],
the compounds of the invention are selected from the following, in which, unless expressly displayed
otherwise, Ara is phenyl (and, preferably, the amide nitrogen and the amino nitrogen bound to Ara are
ortho to each other):









[0079] In a preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0057], the
invention comprises compounds of the formula (2b):

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
Ay2 is phenyl or thienyl, each substituted at the ortho position with -NH2 or -OH and each
further optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from -NH2, -OH,
and halo;
q is 0 or 1;
X1 is selected from -CHr, -NH-CH2-, and -S-CH2-;
Cy2 is monocyclic or fused bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with one to three
substituents selected from CHr, CH3O-, phenyl optionally substituted with one to three CH3O-,
morphylinyl, morphylinyl-C1-C3-alkoxy, cyano, and CH3C(O)NH-;
provided that when Cy2 is naphthyl, X1 is -CH2-. and q is 0 or 1, Ay2 is not o-hydroxyphenyl.
[0080] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0079], Ay2 is selected from:

[0081] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0079], Cy2 is phenyl, pyridinyl,
pyrimidinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thienyl, tetrahydroquinozolinyl, or 1,3-dihydroquinazoline-
2,4-dione, each optionally substituted with one to three CH30-. More preferably, Cy2 is phenyl
substituted with one to three CH3O-.

[0082] In a third embodiment, the novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase are represented by
formula (3):

and pharmaceutical salts thereof, wherein
Ar3 is arylene or heteroarylene, either of which optionally is substituted;
Cy3 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which optionally is substituted, and
each of which optionally is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl rings, or to one or more saturated
or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocyclic rings, each of which rings optionally is substituted;
provided that when Cy3 is a cyclic moiety having -C(O)-, -C(Sh -S(O) or -S(O)2- in the ring, then
Cy3 is not additionally substituted with a group comprising an aryl or heteroaryl ring; and
X2 is selected from the group consisting of a chemical bond, L3, Wl,L3, L3-W1 W1-L3-W1, and
L3-W1-L3, wherein
Wl, at each occurrence, is S, O, or N(R9), where R9 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, and aralkyl; and
L3 is C1-C4 alkylene, C2-C4 alkenylene, or C2-C4 alkynylene;
provided that X2 does not comprise a -C(O) -C(S)-, -S(O)-, or -S(O)2r group;
and further provided that when Cy3 is pyridine, then X2 is L3, W1-L3, or L3-W1.
[0083] Preferably, Ar3 has the structure:

wherein Q, at each occurrence, is independently N or C, and C optionally is substituted.
[0084] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0082], X2 is selected from the
group consisting of L3, W1-L3, L3-W1, W1-L1-W1, and L3-W1-L3.
[0085] Preferably in the compounds according to paragraph [0082], when X2 is a chemical
bond, then Ar3 is not


and Cy3 is not the radical of a substituted or unsubstituted diazepine or benzofuran.
[0086] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0082], Q at each
occurrence is C(R8), where R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alky!, aryl, aralkyl,
alkoxy, amino, nitro, halo, haloalkyl, and haloalkoxy. In some other embodiments, from one to about
three variables Q are nitrogen. In some preferred embodiments, Ar3 is selected from the group
consisting of phenylene, pyridylene, thiazolylene, and quinolylene.
[0087] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [00821, X2 is a
chemical bond. In other embodiments, X2 is a non-cyclic hydrocarbyl. In some such embodiments,
X2 is alkylene, preferably methylene or ethylene. In other such embodiments, X2 is alkenylene or
alkynylene. In still other such embodiments, one carbon in the hydrocaryl chain is replaced with -NH-
or -S-. In some preferred embodiments, X2 is W1-L3-W1 and W1 is -NH- or -N(CH3)-,
[0088] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0082], Cy3 is
cycloalkyl, preferably cyclohexyl. In other embodiments, Cy3 is aryl or heteroaryl, e.g., phenyl,
pyridyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, quinolyl, or fluorenyl, each of which optionally is
substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings. In some embodiments, the cyclic
moiety of Cy3 is fused to a benzene ring. In some embodiments, Cy3 has from one to three
substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, amino,
halo, haloalkyl, and hydroxyalkyl. Examples of preferred substituents include methyl, methoxy,
fluoro, trifluoromethyl, amino, nitro, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyt, and phenyl. Some other preferred
substituents have the formula -Kl-N(H)(R10), wherein
K1 is a chemical bond or C1-C4 alkylene;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of Z' and -Ak2-Z' wherein
Ak2 is C1-C4 alkylene; and
Z' is cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which optionally is
substituted, and each of which optionally is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl rings, or
to one or more saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocyclic rings.
[0089] Examples of such preferred substituents according to paragraph [0088] include


[0090] In some embodiments of the compounds according to paragraph [0082], Cy3 is
heterocyclyl, e.g.,

each of which optionally is substituted and optionally is fused to one or more aryl rings. In some
embodiments, the heterocycle of Cy3 is fused to a benzene ring.
[0091] Preferably in the compounds of paragraph [0082], when Ar4 is quinoxalinylene, then X3 is
not -CH(OH)-.
[0092] In another preferred embodiment, Ar3 is

wherein X is -CH2, -NH-, O, or S. Preferably Ar3 is

and X is S or O.
[0093] In a preferred embodiment, the novel histone deacetylase inhibitors of the invention are
those according to paragraph [0057] wherein
Ay2 is ortho-anilinyl;
q is 0; and
X1 is M1-L2-M1 or L2-M2-L2.
[0094] In a preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0093], Ar2 is aryl
or heteroaryl; and Cy2-X1- is collectively selected from the group consisting of
a) A1-L1-B1-, wherein A1 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L1 is -(CH2)0-1NH(CH2)o-r, -NHC(O)-, or
-NHCH2-; and wherein B1 is phenyl or a covalent bond;
b) A2-L2-B2-, wherein A2 is CH3(C=CH2)-, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; wherein L2 is -C=C-; and wherein B2 is a
covalent bond;

c) A3-L3-B3-, wherein A3 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L3 is a covalent bond; and wherein B3 is -
CH2NH-;
d) A4-L4-B4-, wherein A4 is an optionally substituted aryl; wherein L4 is -NHCH2-; and wherein
B4 is a thienyl group;
e) A5-L5-B5-, wherein A5 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; wherein L5 is a covalent bond; and wherein B5 is -SCH2-;
f) morpholinyl-CH2-
g) optionally substituted aryl;
h) A6-L6-B6-, wherein A6 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L6 is a covalent bond; and wherein B6 is -
NHCH2-;
i) A7-L7-B7-, wherein A7 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; wherein L7 is a covalent bond; and wherein B7 is -CH2-;
j) aptionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
k) A8L8-B8, wherein A8 is optionally substituted phenyl; wherein L8 is a covalent bond; and
wherein B8 is -O-;
I) A9-L9-B9-, wherein A9 is an optionally substituted aryl; wherein L9 is a covalent bond; and
wherein B9 is a furan group;
m) A10-L10-B10-, wherein A10 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; wherein L10 is -CH(CH2CH3)-; and wherein B10 is -NHCH2-;
n) A11-L11-B11, wherein A11 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; wherein L11 is a covalent bond; and wherein B11 is -OCH2-;
0) A12-L12-B12-. wherein A12 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl
or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L12 is-NHC(O)-; and wherein B12 is -
N(optionally substituted aryl)CH2-;
p) A13-L13-B13-, wherein A12 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl
or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L13 is a covalent bond; and wherein B13 is -
NHC(O)-;

q) A14-L14-B14-, wherein A14 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl
or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L14 is-NHC(O)(optionally substituted
heteroaryl); and wherein B14 is -S-S-;
r) F3CC(O)NH-;
s) A15-L15-B15-, wherein A15 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl
or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L15 is-(CH2)0-1NH(optionally substituted
heteroaryl)-; and wherein B15 is -NHCH2-;
t) A16-L16-B16-, wherein A16 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl
or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L16 is a covalent bond; and wherein B16 is -
N(optionally substituted alkyl)CH2-; and
u) A16-L16-B16-, wherein A16 is an optionally substituted aryl, option ubstituted heteroaryl
or optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein L16 is a covalent;. and wherein B16 is -
(optionally substituted aryl-CH2)2-N-.
[0095] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0093], Cy2-
X1- is collectively selected from the group consisting of
a) D1-E1-F1-, wherein D1 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein E1 is -CH2- or a covalent bond; and wherein
B1 is a covalent bond;
b) D2-E2-F2-, wherein D2 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein E2 is -NH(CH2)0-2-; and wherein F2 is a
covalent bond;
c) D3-E3-F3-, wherein D3 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein E3 is -(CH2)o-2NH-; and wherein F3 is a
covalent bond;
d) D4-E4-F4-, wherein D4 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein E4 is -S(CH2)0-1; and wherein F4 is a covalent
bond;
e) D5-E5-F5-, wherein D5 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein E5 is -(CH2)0-2S-; and wherein F5 is a covalent
bond; and

f) D6-E6-F6-, wherein D6 is an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; wherein E6 is -NH(CH2)0-2NH-; and wherein F6 is a
covalent bond.
[0096] In a preferred embodiment, the HDAC inhibitors of the invention comprise compounds of
paragraph [0057] having formula (3b):

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Y and Z are independently N or CH and W is
selected from the group consisting of:











[0097] In a preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0096], the
compounds comprise those wherein Y, Z and W are as defined below:


[0098] In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to paragraph [0096], the
compounds comprise those wherein Y, Z and W are as defined below:













[0099] In yet another a preferred embodiment, the novel histone deacetyiase inhibitors of the
invention are selected from the group consisting of the following and their pharmaceutically
acceptable salts:








[0100] In another preferred embodiment, the compounds are selected from those listed in
Tables 2a-b, 3a-d, 4a-c, and 5a-5f.
Synthesis
[0101] Compounds of formula (1), wherein Y1 is -N(R1)(R2), preferably may be prepared
according to the synthetic route depicted in Scheme 1. Thus, trichlorotriazine I reacts with amine II
in the presence of diisopropylethylamine to produce dichloroaminotriazine III. The amine R1R2NH is
added to dichloroaminotriazine III to produce diaminochlorotriazine V. Treatment of V with ammonia
or R3R4NH in tetrahydrofuran (THF) or 1,4 dioxane affords triaminotriazine VI.
[0102] Alternatively, dichloroaminotriazine III may be reacted with ammonia gas in 1,4 dioxane
to produce diaminochlorotriazine IV. Treatment of IV with R1R2NH in THF or 1,4 dioxane in a sealed
flask then affords triaminotriazine VI.
[0103] Hydrolysis of the ester moiety in VI is effected by treatment with a hydroxide base, such
as lithium hydroxide, to afford the corresponding acid VII. Treatment of the acid VII with 1,2-
phenylenediamine in the presence of BOP reagent, triethylamine, and dimethylformamide (DMF) yields
the anilinyl amide VIII.


[0104] Compounds of formula (1), wherein Y1 is -CH2-C(O)-N(R1)(R2), preferably may be prepared
as outlined in Scheme 2. Thus, piperazine IX is treated with acetyl chloride and triethylamine to
produce amide X. Reaction of X with dichloromorpholyltriazine and lithium hexamethyldisiloxane
affords compound XI. The chloride of XI is converted to the anilinyl amide of XII as described above
with respect to Scheme 1: treatment with the amine and diisopropylethylamine; followed by lithium
hydroxide; followed by BOP reagent, phenylenediamine, triethylamine, and DMF.
Scheme 2

[0105] Compounds of formula (2), wherein Ar2 is pyridylene and X1 comprises -N(R7)-,
compounds of formula (3), wherein Ar3 is pyridylene and X2 comprises -N(R9)-, and compounds of
formula (4), wherein Ar4 is pyridylene and X3 comprises -N(R11)-, preferably may be prepared
according to the procedures illustrated in Scheme 3. Dibromopyridine XIII or XIV is treated with
amine RNH2 to produce aminobromopyridine XV or XVI, respectively. Treatment of XV or XVI with
diacetoxypalladium, diphenylphosphinoferrocene, DMF, diisopropylethylamine, and phenylenediamine
under carbon monoxide yields anilinyl amide XVII or XVIII, respectively.
[0106] Treatment of XV or XVI with tert-butylacrylate, diisopropylethylamine, dibenzylacetone
palladium, and tri-o-tolylphosphine (POT) in DMF under nitrogen affords compounds XIX and XX,
respectively. The ester moiety of XIX or XX is hydrolyzed to produce the corresponding acid moiety
in XXI or XXII, respectively, by reaction with trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane. Treatment of

the acid XXI or XXII with phenylenediamine, BOP, and triethylamine affords the anilinyl amide XXIII or
XXIV, respectively.

[0107] Compounds of formula (2), wherein X1 comprises -O-C(O)-NH-, preferably may be
prepared according to the synthetic route depicted in Scheme 4. Thus, carbinol XXV is added to
bromobenzylamine XXVI with carbonyldiimidazole (CDI), triethylamine, and 1,8-
diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) in DMF to produce compound XXVII. The remaining synthetic
steps in the production of anilinyl amide XXVIII are as described above for Scheme 3.


[0108] Compounds of formula (2), wherein X1 comprises -N(R7)-, preferably may be prepared as
outlined in Scheme 5. Amine XXIX is reacted with p-bromobenzylbromide in the presence of
potassium carbonate in DMF to produce bromobenzylamine XXX. Treatment of XXX with
nitroacrylanilide, dibenzylacetone palladium, POT, anddiisopropylethylamine in DMF affords
nitroanilide XXXI. Nitroanilide XXXI is converted to the corresponding anilinyl amide XXXII by
treatment with stannous chloride in methanol and water.
[0109] Treatment of amine XXXI in formic acid with paraformaldehyde provides methylamine
XXXIII. The nitroanilide moiety in XXXIII is then converted to the corresponding anilinyl amide
moiety in XXXIV by treatment with stannous chloride in methanol and water.


[0110] Alternatively, compounds of formula (2), wherein X1 comprises -N(R7)-, may be prepared
according to the synthetic route depicted in Scheme 6. Carboxylic acid XXXV in methanol is treated
with hydrochloric acid to produce ester XXXVI. Conversion of the primary amine moiety in XXXVI to
the secondary amine moiety in XXXVI is effected by treatment with a catalyst such as triethylamine,
methoxybenzylchloride, sodium iodide, and potassium carbonate in DMF at 60°C. Ester XXXVI is
converted to anilinyl amide XXXVII by treatment with sodium hydroxide, THF, and methanol, followed
by BOP, triethylamine, and phenylenediamine in DMF, as described above for Scheme 3.

[0111] Compounds of formula (2), wherein X1 comprises
may be prepared according to the procedures illustrated in Scheme 7. Addition of amine 68 to
haloaryl compound XXXVIII or XXXIX and potassium carbonate in DMF provides arylamine XL or
XLl, respectively. Anilinyl amide XLII or XLIII is then prepared using procedures analogous to those
set forth in Schemes 3-6 above.


[0112] Compounds such as XLVII and XLIX preferably may be prepared as outlined in Scheme
8. Dibromopyridine is combined with diaminoethane to produce amine XLIV. Treatment of amine
XLIV with isatoic anhydride LV in methanol and water, followed by refluxing in formic acid affords
compound XLVI. Treatment of amine XLIV with the reaction products of benzylaminodiacetic acid
and acetic anhydride provides compound XLVIII. Bromopyridylamines XLVI and XLVIII are then
converted to the corresponding diene anilinylamides XLVII and XLIX, respectively, by procedures
analogous to those set forth in Schemes 3-7 above.

[0113] Compounds such as LIV preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic route
depicted in Scheme 9. Trichlorotriazine is treated with aminoindan and diisopropylethylamine to
produce dichloroaminotriazine L. Treatment with bromobenzylamine and diisopropylethylamine
affords diaminochlorotriazine LI. Addition of ammonia gas and dioxane provides triaminotriazine Lll.
Treatment with protected acrylanilide, triethylamine, POT, and dibenzylacetone palladium then yields
diene anilinylamide LIII, which is deprotected with trifluoroacetic acid to provide the final product LIV.


[0114] Compounds of formula (2), wherein Ar2 is quinolylene and X1 comprises -N(R7)-,
compounds of formula (3), wherein Ar3 is quinolylene and X2 comprises -N(R9)-, and compounds of
formula (4), wherein Ar4 is quinolylene and X3 comprises -N(R11)-, preferably may be prepared
according to the procedures illustrated in Scheme 10. Dihydroxyquinoline LV with
dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) in pyridine is treated with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride to provide
bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy)-quinoline LVI. Treatment of LVI with p-methoxybenzylamine affords
aminoquinoline LVII. Anilinyl amides LVIII and LIX are then prepared using procedures analogous to
those described for Schemes 1-9 above.


[0115] Compounds of formula (3), wherein X2 comprises a sulfur atom, and compounds of
formula (4), wherein X3 comprises a sulfur atom, preferably may be prepared as outlined in Scheme
11. Bromide LX is converted to diaryl ester LXI using procedures analogous to those described for
Scheme 6 above. Synthetic methods similar to those set forth in Scheme 1 above are then used to
convert ester LXI to the corresponding acid LXIV. Alternatively, ester LXI may be treated with
chloroethylmorphonline, sodium iodide, potassium carbonate, triethylamine, and tetrabutylammonium
iodide (TBAI) in DMF to produce ester LXIII, which is then converted to acid LXIV as in Scheme 1.
Conversion of the acid LXIV to the anilinyl amide LXV is effected by procedures analogous to those
set forth in Scheme 1 above.

[0116] Alternatively, compounds of formula (3), wherein X2 comprises a sulfur atom, and
compounds of formula (4), wherein X3 comprises a sulfur atom, may be prepared according to the
procedures illustrated in Scheme 12. Sulfanyl anilmylamide LXVIII is prepared using procedures
analogous to those set forth in Schemes 3 and 5 above.

[0117] Compounds of formula (3), wherein X2 comprises -N(R9)-, and compounds of formula (4),
wherein X3 comprises -N(R11)-, preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic route depicted

in Scheme 13. Amino anilinyl amide LXXI is prepared according to synthetic steps similar to those
described for Schemes 1 and 6 above.

[0118] Compounds of formula (3), wherein X2 comprises a sulfur atom, and compounds of
formula (4), wherein X3 comprises a sulfur atom, preferably may be prepared as outlined in Scheme
14. Phenylenediamine is reacted with di-tert-butyldicarbonate, followed by iodobenzoic acid,
dimethylaminopropylethylcarbodiimide, hydroxybenzotriazole, and triethylamine to provide protected
anilinyl amide LXXII. The iodide moiety of LXXII is converted to the methyl ester moiety of LXXIII
using procedures analogous to those set forth for Scheme 3 above. The methyl ester moiety of
LXXIII is converted to the hydroxyl moiety of LXXIV by treatment with a reducing agent such as
diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H). Addition of the heterocyclylsulfhydryl compound Het-SH with
triphenylphosphine and diethylazodicarboxylate converts the hydroxyl moiety of LXXIV to the sulfanyl
moiety of LXXV. LXXV is deprotected with trifluoroacetic acid to afford the sulfanyl anilinyl amide
LXXVI.


[0119] Compounds of formula (3), wherein X2 is a chemical bond, preferably may be prepared
according to the synthetic route depicted in Scheme 15. Thus, chtoroarylanilinylamide LXXVII is
treated with aryl boronic acid, benzene, ethanol, aqueous sodium carbonate, and triphenylphosphine
palladium to afford the diarylanilinylamide LXXVIII.

[0120] Compounds such as LXXXI preferably may be prepared according to the procedues
illustrated in Scheme 16. Thus, benzene-l,2-carbaldehyde LXXIX in acetic acid is treated with p-
aminomethylbenzoic acid to produce the benzoic acid LXXX. The acid LXXX is converted to the
corresponding anilinylamide LXXXI by treatment with hydroxybenzotriazole, ethylenedichloride, and
phenylenediamine.

[0121] Compounds such as LXXXVI and LXXXIX preferably may be prepared according to the
procedures illustrated in Scheme 18. Phthalic anhydride LXXXV and p-aminomethylbenzoic acid are
combined in acetic acid to produce an intermediate carboxylic acid, which is converted to the
anilinylamide LXXXVI using procedures analogous to those set forth in Schemes 15 and 16 above.
[0122] The addition of 4-(2-amin, yl)phenol to phthalic anhydride LXXXV in acetic acid affords
the hydroxyl compound LXXXVII. That droxyl group of LXXXVII is converted to the triflate group
of LXXXVIII by treatment with sodium hydride, THF, DMF, and phenylaminoditriflate. Treatment of
LXXXVIII according to procedures analogous to those described for Scheme 3 above affords the
anilinylamide LXXXIX.


[0123] Compounds such as XCI-XCVI preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic
route depicted in Scheme 19. Treatment of isatoic anhydride XC with p-aminomethylbenzoic acid in
water and triethylamine, followed by formic acid affords an intermediate carboxylic acid, which is
converted to anilinylamide XCI using procedures analogous to those described for Scheme 16
above.
[0124] Alternatively, treatment of isatoic acid XC with p-aminomethylbenzoic acid in water and
triethylamine, follwed by hydrochloric acid and sodium nitrite affords an intermediate carboxylic acid,
which is converted to anilinylamide XCII using procedures analogous to those described for Scheme
16 above.
[0125] Alternatively, treatment of isatoic acid XC with p-aminomethylbenzoic acid in water and
triethylamine affords benzoic acid XCIII. Treatment of XCIII with sodium hydroxide, dioxane,
methylchloroformate, and methanol affords an intermediate quinazolinedione carboxylic acid, the acid
moiety of which is then converted to the anilinylamide moiety of XCIV using procedures analogous to
those described for Scheme 16 above. Alternatively, the intermediate quanzolinedione carboxylic
acid in DMF is treated with potassium carbonate and methyl iodide to produce an intermediate
benzoic acid methyl ester, which is converted to an intermediate benzoic acid by treatment with

sodium hydroxide, methanol, and water. The benzoic acid is then converted to the corresponding
anilinylamide XCV using procedures analogous to those described for Scheme 16 above.
[0126] Alternatively, treatment of XCIII with acetic anhydride followed by acetic acid produces
an intermediate carboxylic acid, which is converted to anilinylamide XCVI using procedures
analogous to those described for Scheme 16 above.

[0127] Compounds such as C preferably may be prepared as outlined in Scheme 20.
Alkylamine XCVII is treated with thiocarbonyl diimidazole in dichloromethane, follwed by ammonium
hydroxide to afford thiourea XCVIII. Treatment of thiourea XCVIII with methylmethoxyacrylate in
dioxane and N-bromosuccinimide produces thiazole ester IC. The ester IC is converted to the
corresponding anilinylamine C using procedures analogous to those set forth in Scheme 1 above.


[0128] Compounds of formula (3), wherein X2 is a chemical bond and Cy3 has an amino
substituent preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic route depicted in Scheme 21.
Thus, protected iodoarylanilinylamide Cl is treated according to procedures analogous to those
described for Scheme 15 above afford the diarylanilinylamide CII. The aldehyde moiety in Cll is
converted to the corresponding secondary amine moiety by treatment with the primary amine and
sodium triacetoxyborohydride followed by glacial acetic acid. The resultant compound is
deprotected to yield CHI using procedures analogous to those set forth in Scheme 3 above.

[0129] Compounds of formula (3), wherein X2 comprises an alkynylene moiety, and compounds
of formula (4), wherein X3 comprises an alkynylene moiety, preferably may be prepared as outlined in
Scheme 22. Treatment of protected iodoarylanilinylamide Cl with triphenylphosphine palladium
chloride, cuprous iodide, and 1-ethynylcyclohexylamine affords the alkynylarylanilinylamide CIV. The
primary amine moiety in CIV is converted to the corresponding secondary amine and the aniline
moiety is deprotected to afford CV using procedures analogous to those described for Scheme 21
above.


[0130] Compounds such as CVIII preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic route
depicted in Scheme 24. Dichloroaminotriazine CVI is treated with methyl-4-aminobenzoate in the
presence of diisopropylethytamine to produce diaminotriazine CVII. Addition of ammonia gas and
dioxane, followed by a saponification and a peptide coupling using the same procedures analogous
to those described for Scheme 1 above.


[0131] Compounds such as CX preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic route
depicted in Scheme 30. The Grignard reaction of trichloroaminotriazine with various alkyl magnesium
bromide, followed by a treatment with methyl-4-aminobenzoate in the presence of
diisopropylethylamine yields alkylaminotriazine CIX. Synthetic methods similar to those set forth in
Scheme 1 above are then used to convert ester CIX to the corresponding anilinyl amide CX.


[0132] Amination of dichlorotriazine proceeded using the usual condition described in Scheme 1
to afford CXI. Stille coupling using vinyl stannane provides CXII. Treatment with protected
iodoanilide, triethylamine, POT and dibenzylacetone palladium then yields anilinylamide, which is
deprotected with trifluoroacetic acid to provide the alkene CXIII. Hydrogenation of the alkene affords
the final compound CXIV.

[0133] Compounds such as CXV1II preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic route
depicted in Scheme 33. Treatment of methoxyaminobenzothiazole with tribromide boron affords the
corresponding acid CXV. Mitsunobu reaction using hydroxyethyl morpholine in the presence of
diethylazodicarboxylate and triphenylphosphine yields the amine CXVI. Reductive amination with
methyl-4-formylbenzoate using phenylsilane and tin catalyst yields to the ester CXVII. Saponification
followed by the usual peptide coupling analogous to those describe for Scheme 1 above provides the
desired anilide CXVIII.


[0134] Treatment 4-methylcyanobenzoic acid with hydrogen sulfide affords CXIX, which is
subjected to cyclization in the presence of 1,3-dichloroacetone to yield CXX. Treatment with
morpholine followed by a peptide coupling using the standard condition produces CXXI.

[0135] Compounds such as CXXIII and CXXVII preferably may be prepared according to the
synthetic scheme 49. Consecutive treatment of acetyl acetone with methyl bromomethylbenzoate in
the presence of NaOMe and phenyl hydrazine followed by saponification, afforded the intermediate
acid CXXII. This material was coupled with 1,2-diaminobenzene in a standard fashion to afford
CXXIII.

[0136] Consecutive treatment of acetyl acetone with methyl bromomethylbenzoate in the
presence of NaOMe and a 1:1 mixture AcOH-HCI (conc.) afforded the intermediate acid CXXIV. This
ketoacid reacting with sulfur and malonodinitrile in the presence of a base, produced the thiophene
CXXV, which was converted into the desired CXXVII using standard procedures.

[0137] Compounds such as CXXX preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic
scheme 50. Treatment of 4-cyanomethylbenzoic acid with hydroxylamine produced the amidoxime
CXXVIII, which upon treatment with acetic anhydride was converted into the oxadiazole CXXIX. The
latter was coupled with 1,2-diaminobenzene in a standard fashion to afford CXXX.

[0138] Compounds such as CXXXIII preferably may be prepared according to the synthetic route
depicted in Scheme 57. Treatment of 4-formylbenzoic acid with thionyl chloride afford the acyl

chloride which is coupled with protected anilide to produce CXXXI. Reductive amination with
dimethoxyaniline using phenylsilane and tin catalyst yields to the protected anilide CXXXII. Treatment
with isocyanate followed by deprotection with trifluoroacetic acid provides the ureidoanilide CXXXIII.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0139] In a second aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an
inhibitor of histone deacetylase according to the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,
excipient, or diluent. Compounds of the invention may be formulated by any method well known in
the art and may be prepared for administration by any route, including, without limitation, parenteral,
oral, sublingual, transdermal, topical, intranasal, intratracheal, or intrarectal. In certain preferred
embodiments, compounds of the invention are administered intravenously in a hospital setting. In
certain other preferred embodiments, administration may preferably be by the oral route.
[0140] The characteristics of the carrier will depend on the route of administration. As used
herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable" means a non-toxic material that is compatible with a
biological system such as a cell, cell culture, tissue, or organism, and that does not interfere with the
effectiveness of the biological activity of the active ingredien(s). Thus, compositions according to
the invention may contain, in addition to the inhibitor, diluents, fillers, salts, buffers, stabilizers,
solubilizers, and other materials well known in the art. The preparation of pharmaceutically
acceptable formulations is described in, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition,
ed. A. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1990.
[0141] As used herein, the term pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts that retain the
desired biological activity of the above-identified compounds and exhibit minimal or no undesired
toxicological effects. Examples of such salts include, but are not limited to acid addition salts
formed with inorganic acids (for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid,
phosphoric acid, nitric acid, and the like), and salts formed with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, tannic acid, pamoic
acid, alginic acid, polyglutamic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, and
polygalacturonic acid. The compounds can also be administered as pharmaceutically acceptable
quaternary salts known by those skilled in the art, which specifically include the quaternary
ammonium salt of the formula -NR + Z-, wherein R is hydrogen, alkyl, or benzyl, and Z is a counterion,
including chloride, bromide, iodide, -O-alkyl, toluenesulfonate, methylsulfonate, sulfonate, phosphate,

or carboxylate (such as benzoate, succinate, acetate, glycolate, maleate, malate, citrate, tartrate,
ascorbate, benzoate, cinnamoate, mandeloate, benzyloate, and diphenylacetate).
[0142] The active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent in
an amount sufficient to deliver to a patient a therapeutically effective amount without causing serious
toxic effects in the patient treated. A preferred dose of the active compound for all of the above-
mentioned conditions is in the range from about 0.01 to 300 mg/kg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mgAg
per day, more generally 0.5 to about 25 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day. A
typical topical dosage will range from 0.01-3% wt/wt in a suitable carrier. The effective dosage
range of the pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives can be calculated based on the weight of the
parent compound to be delivered. If the derivative exhibits activity in itself, the effective dosage can
be estimated as above using the weight of the derivative, or by other means known to those skilled in
the art.
Inhibition of Histone Deacetylase
[0143] In a third aspect, the invention provides a method of inhibiting histone deacetylase in a
cell, comprising contacting a cell in which inhibition of histone deacetylase is desired with an inhibitor
of histone deacetylase according to the invention. Because compounds of the invention inhibit
histone deacetylase, they are useful research tools for in vitro study of the role of histone
deacetylase in biological processes. In addition, the compounds of the invention selectively inhibit
certain isoforms of HDAC.
[0144] Measurement of the enzymatic activity of a histone deacetylase can be achieved using
known methodologies. For example, Yoshida et al., J. Biol. Chem., 265: 17174-17179 (1990),
describes the assessment of histone deacetylase enzymatic activity by the detection of acetylated
histones in trichostatin A treated cells. Taunton et al., Science, 272: 408-411 (1996), similarly
describes methods to measure histone deacetylase enzymatic activity using endogenous and
recombinant HDAC-1.
[0145] In some preferred embodiments, the histone deacetylase inhibitor interacts with and
reduces the activity of all histone deacetylases in the cell. In some other preferred embodiments
according to this aspect of the invention, the histone deacetylase inhibitor interacts with and reduces
the activity of fewer than all histone deacetylases in the cell. In certain preferred embodiments, the
inhibitor interacts with and reduces the activity of one histone deacetylase (e.g., HDAC-1), but does
not interact with or reduce the activities of other histone deacetylases (e.g., HDAC-2, HDAC-3, HDAC-

4, HDAC-5, HDAC-6, HDAC-7, and HDAC-8). As discussed below, certain particularly preferred
histone deacetylase inhibitors are those that interact with, and reduce the enzymatic activity of, a
histone deacetylase that is involved in tumorigenesis. Certain other preferred histone deacetylase
inhibitors interact with and reduce the enzymatic activity of a fungal histone deacetylase.
[0146] Preferably, the method according to the third aspect of the invention causes an inhibition
of cell proliferation of the contacted cells. The phrase "inhibiting cell proliferation" is used to denote
an ability of an inhibitor of histone deacetylase to retard the growth of cells contacted with the
inhibitor as compared to cells not contacted. An assessment of cell proliferation can be made by
counting contacted and non-contacted cells using a Coulter Cell Counter (Coulter, Miami, FL) or a
hemacytometer. Where the cells are in a solid growth (e.g., a solid tumor or organ), such an
assessment of cell proliferation can be made by measuring the growth with calipers and comparing
the size of the growth of contacted cells with non-contacted cells.
[0147] Preferably, growth of cells contacted with the inhibitor is retarded by at least 50% as
compared to growth of non-contacted cells. More preferably, cell proliferation is inhibited by 100%
(i.e., the contacted cells do not increase in number). Most preferably, the phrase "inhibiting cell
proliferation" includes a reduction in the number or size of contacted cells, as compared to non-
contacted cells. Thus, an inhibitor of histone deacetylase according to the invention that inhibits cell
proliferation in a contacted cell may induce the contacted cell to undergo growth retardation, to
undergo growth arrest, to undergo programmed cell death (i.e., to apoptose), or to undergo necrotic
cell death.
[0148] The cell proliferation inhibiting ability of the histone deacetylase inhibitors according to
the invention allows the synchronization of a population of asynchronously growing cells. For
example, the histone deacetylase inhibitors of the invention may be used to arrest a population of
non-neoplastic cells grown in vitro in the Gl or G2 phase of the cell cycle. Such synchronization
allows, for example, the identification of gene and/or gene products expressed during the Gl or G2
phase of the cell cycle. Such synchronization of cultured cells may also be useful for testing the
efficacy of a new transfection protocol, where transfection efficiency varies and is dependent upon
the particular cell cycle phase of the cell to be transfected. Use of the histone deacetylase inhibitors
of the invention allows the synchronization of a population of cells, thereby aiding detection of
enhanced transfection efficiency.

[0149] In some preferred embodiments, the contacted cell is a neoplastic cell. The term
"neoplastic cell" is used to denote a cell that shows aberrant cell growth. Preferably, the aberrant cell
growth of a neoplastic cell is increased cell growth. A neoplastic cell may be a hyperplastic cell, a
cell that shows a lack of contact inhibition of growth in vitro, a benign tumor cell that is incapable of
metastasis in vivo, or a cancer cell that is capable of metastasis in vivo and that may recur after
attempted removal. The term "tumorigenesis" is used to denote the induction of cell proliferation that
leads to the development of a neoplastic growth. In some embodiments, the histone deacetylase
inhibitor induces cell differentiation in the contacted cell. Thus, a neoplastic cell, when contacted
with an inhibitor of histone deacetylase may be induced to differentiate, resulting in the production of
a non-neoplastic daughter cell that is phylogenetically more advanced than the contacted cell.
[0150] In some preferred embodiments, the contacted cell is in an animal. Thus, the invention
provides a method for treating a cell proliferative disease or condition in an animal, comprising
administering to an animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a histone
deacetylase inhibitor of the invention. Preferably, the animal is a mammal, more preferably a
domesticated mammal. Most preferably, the animal is a human.
[0151] The term "cell proliferative disease or condition" is meant to refer to any condition
characterized by aberrant cell growth, preferably abnormally increased cellular proliferation.
Examples of such cell proliferative diseases or conditions include, but are not limited to, cancer,
restenosis, and psoriasis. In particularly preferred embodiments, the invention provides a method for
inhibiting neoplastic cell proliferation in an animal comprising administering to an animal having at
least one neoplastic cell present in its body a therapeutically effective amount of a histone
deacetylase inhibitor of the invention.
[0152] It is contemplated that some compounds of the invention have inhibitory activity against a
histone deacetylase from a protozoal source. Thus, the invention also provides a method for treating
or preventing a protozoal disease or infection, comprising administering to an animal in need of such
treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a histone deacetylase inhibitor of the invention.
Preferably the animal is a mammal, more preferably a human. Preferably, the histone deacetylase
inhibitor used according to this embodiment of the invention inhibits a protozoal histone deacetylase
to a greater extent than it inhibits mammalian histone deacetylases, particularly human histone
deacetylases.

[0153] The present invention further provides a method for treating a fungal disease or infection
comprising administering to an animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of
a histone deacetylase inhibitor of the invention. Preferably the animal is a mammal, more preferably
a human. Preferably, the histone deacetylase inhibitor used according to this embodiment of the
invention inhibits a fungal histone deacetylase to a greater extent than it inhibits mammalian histone
deacetylases, particularly human histone deacetylases.
[0154] The term "therapeutically effective amount" is meant to denote a dosage sufficient to
cause inhibition of histone deacetylase activity in the cells of the subject, or a dosage sufficient to
inhibit cell proliferation or to induce cell differentiation in the subject. Administration may be by any
route, including, without limitation, parenteral, oral, sublingual, transdermal, topical, intranasal,
intratracheal, or intrarectal. In certain particularly preferred embodiments, compounds of the
invention are administered intravenously in a hospital setting. In certain other preferred
embodiments, administration may preferably be by the oral route.
[0155] When administered systemically, the histone deacetylase inhibitor is preferably
administered at a sufficient dosage to attain a blood level of the inhibitor from about 0.01 ?M to
about 100 ?M, more preferably from about 0.05 ?M to about 50 ?M, still more preferably from
about 0.1 ?M to about 25 ?M, and still yet more preferably from about 0.5 ?M to about 25 ?M. For
localized administration, much lower concentrations than this may be effective, and much higher
concentrations may be tolerated. One of skill in the art will appreciate that the dosage of histone
deacetylase inhibitor necessary to produce a therapeutic effect may vary considerably depending on
the tissue, organ, or the particular animal or patient to be treated.
[0156] In certain preferred embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, the method further
comprises contacting the cell with an antisense oligonucleotide that inhibits the expression of a
histone deacetylase. The combined use of a nucleic acid level inhibitor (e.g., antisense
oligonucleotide) and a protein level inhibitor (i.e., inhibitor of histone deacetylase enzyme activity)
results in an improved inhibitory effect, thereby reducing the amounts of the inhibitors required to
obtain a given inhibitory effect as compared to the amounts necessary when either is used
individually. The antisense oligonucleotides according to this aspect of the invention are
complementary to regions of RNA or double-stranded DNA that encode HDAC-1, HDAC-2, HDAC-3,
HDAC4, HDAC-5, HDAC-6, HDAC7, and/or HDAC-8 (see e.g., GenBank Accession Number U50079

for HDAC-1, GenBank Accession Number U31814 for HDAC-2, and GenBank Accession Number
U75697 for HDAC-3).
[0157] For purposes of the invention, the term "oligonucleotide" includes polymers of two or
more deoxyribonucleosides, ribonucleosides, or 2'-substituted ribonucleoside residues, or any
combination thereof. Preferably, such oligonucleotides have from about 6 to about 100 nucleoside
residues, more preferably from about 8 to about 50 nucleoside residues, and most preferably from
about 12 to about 30 nucleoside residues. The nucleoside residues may be coupled to each other
by any of the numerous known internucleoside linkages. Such internucleoside linkages include
without limitation phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, alkylphosphonate, alkylphosphonothioate,
phosphotriester, phosphoramidate, siloxane, carbonate, carboxymethylester, acetamidate,
carbamate, thioether, bridged phosphoramidate, bridged methylene phosphonate, bridged
phosphorothioate and sulfone internucleoside linkages. In certain preferred embodiments, these
internucleoside linkages may be phosphodiester, phosphotriester, phosphorothioate, or
phosphoramidate linkages, or combinations thereof. The term oligonucleotide also encompasses
such polymers having chemically modified bases or sugars and/ or having additional substituents,
including without limitation lipophilic groups, intercalating agents, diamines and adamantane.
[0158] For purposes of the invention the term "2'-substituted ribonucleoside" includes
ribonucleosides in which the hydroxyl group at the 2' position of the pentose moiety is substituted to
produce a 2'-O-substituted ribonucleoside. Preferably, such substitution is with a lower alkyl group
containing 1-6 saturated or unsaturated carbon atoms, or with an aryl or allyl group having 2-6
carbon atoms, wherein such alkyl, aryl or allyl group may be unsubstituted or may be substituted,
e.g., with halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxy, carboxyl, carbalkoxyl, or
amino groups. The term "2'-substituted ribonucleoside" also includes ribonucleosides in which the 2'-
hydroxyl group is replaced with an amino group or with a halo group, preferably fluoro.
[0159] Particularly preferred antisense oligonucleotides utilized in this aspect of the invention
include chimeric oligonucleotides and hybrid oligonucleotides.
[0160] For purposes of the invention, a "chimeric oligonucleotide" refers to an oligonucleotide
having more than one type of internucleoside linkage. One preferred example of such a chimeric
oligonucleotide is a chimeric oligonucleotide comprising a phosphorothioate, phosphodiester or
phosphorodithioate region, preferably comprising from about 2 to about 12 nucleotides, and an
alkylphosphonate or alkylphosphonothioate region (see e.g., Pederson et al. U.S. Patent Nos.

5,635,377 and 5,366,878). Preferably, such chimeric oligonucleotides contain at least three
consecutive internucleoside linkages selected from phosphodiester and phosphorothioate linkages,
or combinations thereof.
[0161] For purposes of the invention, a "hybrid oligonucleotide" refers to an oligonucleotide
having more than one type of nucleoside. One preferred example of such a hybrid oligonucleotide
comprises a ribonucleotide or 2'-substituted ribonucleotide region, preferably comprising from about
2 to about 12 2'-substituted nucleotides, and a deoxyribonucleotide region. Preferably, such a hybrid
oligonucleotide contains at least three consecutive deoxyribonucleosides and also contains
ribonucleosides, 2'-substituted ribonucleosides, preferably 2'-O-substituted ribonucleosides, or
combinations thereof (see e.g., Metelev and Agrawal, U.S. Patent No. 5,652,355).
[0162] The exact nucleotide sequence and chemical structure of an antisense oligonucleotide
utilized in the invention can be varied, so long as the oligonucleotide retains its ability to inhibit
expression of the gene of interest. This is readily determined by testing whether the particular
antisense oligonucleotide is active. Useful assays for this purpose include quantitating the mRNA
encoding a product of the gene, a Western blotting analysis assay for the product of the gene, an
activity assay for an enzymatically active gene product, or a soft agar growth assay, or a reporter
gene construct assay, or an in vivo tumor growth assay, all of which are described in detail in this
specification or in Ramchandani et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94: 684-689.
[0163] Antisense oligonucleotides utilized in the invention may conveniently be synthesized on a
suitable solid support using well known chemical approaches, including H-phosphonate chemistry,
phosphoramidite chemistry, or a combination of H-phosphonate chemistry and phosphoramidite
chemistry (i.e., H-phosphonate chemistry for some cycles and phosphoramidite chemistry for other
cycles). Suitable solid supports include any of the standard solid supports used for solid phase
oligonucleotide synthesis, such as controlled-pore glass (CPG) (see, e.g., Pon, R.T. (1993) Methods
in Molec. Biol. 20: 465-496).
[0164] Particularly preferred oligonucleotides have nucleotide sequences of from about 13 to
about 35 nucleotides which include the nucleotide sequences shown in Table 1. Yet additional
particularly preferred oligonucleotides have nucleotide sequences of from about 15 to about 26
nucleotides of the nucleotide sequences shown in Table 1.



[0165] The following examples are intended to further illustrate certain preferred embodiments
of the invention, and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.


Example 1
4-{[4-Amino-6-(2-indanyl-aminoHl,3,5]-triazin-2-yl-amino]-methyI}-N-(2-amino-phenyl)-
benzamide (compound 8)
Step 1: Methyt4-[(4,6-dichloro-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyl]-benzoate (compound 3)
[0166] To a stirred solution at -78°C of cyanuric chloride 1 (8.23 g, 44.63 mmol) in anhydrous
THF (100 mL) under nitrogen was added a suspension of methyl 4-(aminomethyl)benzoate.HCI 2
(10.00 g, 49.59 mmol), in anhydrous THF (50 mL), followed by i-Pr2NEt (19.00 mL, 109.10 mmol).
After 30 min, the reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and
diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O
and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then
purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/CH2Cl2: 5/95) to afford the title compound 3
(12.12 g, 38.70 mmol, 87% yield) as a pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) S (ppm): AB
system (?A = 8.04, ?8 = 7.38, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 6.54 (bt, 1H), 4.76 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
Pathway A
Step 2: Methyl-4-[(4-amino-6-chloro-[l,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyl]-benzoate (compound 4)
[0167] In a 150 mL sealed flask, a solution of 3 (6.00 g, 19.16 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane
(60 mL) was stirred at room temperature, saturated with NH3 gas for 5 min, and warmed to 70°C for
6 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, the saturation step with NH3
gas was repeated at room temperature for 5 min, and the reaction mixture was warmed to 70°C
again for 18 h. Then, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into a
saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was
successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and
concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(AcOEt/CH2CI2: 30/70) to afford the title compound 4 (5.16 g, 17.57 mmol, 91% yield) as a white
solid. lH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) ? (ppm): AB system (?A = 8.01, ?8 = 7.35, J = 8.1 Hz, 4H), 5.79
(bs, 1H), 5.40-5.20 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.63 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H).

Pathway B
Step 2: Methyl 4-[(4-chloro-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[l,3,51triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyl]-benzoate (compound 5)
[0168] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 3 (3.00 g, 9.58 mmol) in anhydrous THF (50
mL) under nitrogen were added i-Pr2NEt (8.34 mL, 47.90 mmol) and 2-aminoindan.HCI (1.95 g,
11.50 mmol) or R1R2NH (1.2 equiv), respectively. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was poured into a
saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was
successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and
concentrated to afford the title compound 5 (4.06 g, 9.91 mmol, quantitative yield) as a white
powder. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): mixture of rotamers, 8.06-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.28 (m,
2H), 7.24-7.12 (m, 4H), 6.41 and 6.05 (2 bt, 1H), 5.68-5.44 (m, 1H), 4.924.54 (m, 3H), 3.92 (bs,
3H), 3.41-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.70 (m, 2H).
Step 3: Methyl-4-[(4-amino-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[l,3,51triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyl1-benzoate (compound 6)
General procedure for the amination with NH3 gas:
[0169] In a 150 mL sealed flask, a solution of 5 (3.90 g, 9.51 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane
(80 mL) was stirred at room temperature, saturated with NH3 gas for 5 min, and warmed to 140°C
for 6 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, the saturation step with NH3
gas was repeated for 5 min, and the reaction mixture was warmed to 140°C again for 18 h. Then,
the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into a saturated aqueous
solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was successively
washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The
crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/CH2CI2: 3/97) to afford
the title compound 6 (3.50 g, 8.96 mmol, 94% yield) as a pale yellow sticky solid. 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCI3) ? (ppm): 7.99 (bd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.13 (m, 4H), 5.50-5.00
(m, 2H), 4.90-4.55 (m, 5H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.70 (m, 2H). 13C NMR: (75 MHz,
CDCI3) 8 (ppm): 166.88, 167.35, 166.07, 144.77, 141.07. 129.82, 128.93, 127.01, 126.61,
124.70, 52.06, 51.80, 44.25, 40.16. HRMS (calc): 390.1804, (found): 390.1800.
Pathways A and B. step 3. general procedure with primary and/or secondary amines:
[0170] In a 50-75 mL sealed flask, a stirred solution of 4 (500 mg, 1.70 mmol, 1 equiv), i-Pr2NEt
(1.48 mL, 8.51 mmol, 5 equiv) and R1R2NH or R3R4NH (1.5-3 equiv) in anhydrous THF or 1,4-dioxane
(20-30 mL) was warmed to 120-140°C for 15-24 h. Then, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool

to room temperature, poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt.
After separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried
over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel to afford the title compound.
Step 4: 4-[(4-Amino-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[l,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino)-methyll-benzoic acid (compound 7)
[0171] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 6 (2.07 g, 5.30mmol) in THF (50 mL) was
added a solution of LiOH.H2O (334 mg, 7.96 mmol) in water (25 mL). After 18 h, the reaction
mixture was diluted in water and acidified with 1 N HCI until pH 5-6 in order to get a white precipitate.
After 1 h, the suspension was filtered off and the cake was abundantly washed with water, and dried
to afford the title compound 7 (1.73 g, 4.60 mmol, 87% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz,
acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 8.05 (bd, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.10 (m. 4H), 5.90-5.65
(m, 2H), 4.854.60 (m, 4H), 3.40-2.80 (m, 4H). HRMS (calc): 376.1648, (found): 376.1651.
Step 5: 4-[(4-Amino-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[1,3,5]-triazin-2-yl-aminol-methyl)-N-(2-amino-Dhenyl)-benzamide
(compound 8)
[0172] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 7 (200 mg, 0.53 mmol) in anhydrous DMF
(5 mL) under nitrogen were added Et3N (74 ?l, 0.53 mmol) and BOP reagent (282 mg, 0.64 mmol),
respectively. After 40 min, a solution of 1,2-phenylenediamine (64 mg, 0.58 mmol), Et3N (222 ?l,
1.59 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was
poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the
organic layer was successively washed with sat NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4,
filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(MeOH/CH2CI2: 2/98?5/95) to afford the title compound 8 (155 mg, 0.33 mmol. 63% yield) as a
pale yellow foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 9.04 (bs, 1H), 7.96 (bd, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H),
7.50-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.30 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H). 7.22-7.08 (m. 4H), 6.99 (ddd, J = 8.0 Hz, 7.5
Hz, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (dt, J = 7.5 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.60-5.49 (m,
4H), 4.804.50 (m, 4H), 3.30-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.74 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLES 2-28
[0173] Examples 2 to 28 describe the preparation of compounds 9 to 35 using the same
procedure as described for compound 8 of Example 1. Characterization data are presented in
Tables 2a and 2b.

Table 2a
Characterization of Compounds Prepared in Examples 2-28






















/V-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-({4-[2-(4-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-6-
morpholin-4-yl-[1,3,5]triazin-2-ylamino}-methyl)-benzamide (compound 39)
Step 1: N-Acetyl-1-piperonylpiperazine (compound 37)
[0171] To a stirred solution at 0°C of 1-piperonylpiperazine 36 (5.00 g, 22.7 mmol) in
anhydrous CH2CI2 (60 mL) was added Et3N (6.33 mL, 45.4 mmol) followed by acetyl chloride (1.94
mL, 27.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred 30 min. at 0°C and then 2 h at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt.
After separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried
over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/CH2CI2: 4/96) to afford the title compound 37 (5.52 g, 21.11
mmol, 93% yield) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (pprn): 6.83 (s, 1H), 6.72 (m, 2H),
5.92 (s, 2H), 3.59 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.40 (m, 4H). 2.42 (dt, J = 5.1 Hz. 5.1 Hz, 4H), 2.06 (s,
3H).

Step 2: 2-Chloro-4-morpholin-4-yl-6-[2-(4-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethvl-piperazin-1-yl)-oxo-ethyl]-
[l,3,5]triazine (compound 38)
[0172] To a stirred solution of 37 (3.00 g, 11.4 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) at -78°C was
slowly added a solution of LiHMDS (11.4 mL, 11.4 mmol, 1 M in THF). The reaction mixture was
stirred 1 h at -78°C and a solution of 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholin-4-yl-[l,3,5]triazine (2.69 g, 11.4
mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed up at room
temperature and the reaction was quenched after 16 h with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI.
The THF was evaporated and the residue was diluted with AcOEt. The organic layer was successively
washed with sat. NH4CI and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The
crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/CH2CI2: 1/99?3/97)
to afford the title compound 38 (4.84 g, 10.49 mmol, 92% yield) as a pale yellow solid. 1H NMR
(300 MHz, CDCl3) ? (ppm): 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.77-6.69 (m, 2H), 5.95 (s, 2H), 3.75-3.43 (m, 16H), 2.42
(m, 4H).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-((4-[2-(4-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-6-
morpholin-4-yl-[1.3.5]triazin-2-vlamino)-methyl)-benzamide (compound 39)
[0173] The title compound 39 was obtained following the same procedure as Example 1, step 5.
1H NMR (CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 7.96 (bs, 1H), 7.87 (d. J = 8.2 Hz. 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J
= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dt, J = 7.6 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.81 (m, 3H), 6.75-6.68 (m, 2H), 5.93 (s, 2H),
5.67 (bs, 1H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 3.90 (bs, 2H), 3.75-3.35 (m, 16H), 2.45-2.30 (m, 4H).


Example 40
N-(2-aminophenyl)-6-(2-phenylamino-ethylamino)-nicotinamide (compound 44)
Step 1: N-5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-/V-phenyl-ethane-1,2-diamine (compound 42)
[0174] A mixture of 2,5-dibromopyridine 40 (2.08 g, 8.6 mmol) and phenyl-l,2-ethyldiamine
(1.98 g, 14.6 mmol, 1.7 equiv.) was stirred under nitrogen at 120°C for 6h. After cooling down to
room temperature, the solid mixture was ground in a mortar, dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL),
washed with saturated NaHCO3 (2 x 50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. After a quick

purification through a short chromatographic column (silica gel, elution 50% ether in hexanes), a pale
yellow solid 42 (1.75 g, 6.01 mmol, 70% yield) was obtained. l3C NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) 5
(ppm): 158.6, 149.6, 148.8, 139.9, 129.8, 117.1, 113.1, 110.8, 106.6, 43.9, 41.5. LMRS =
294.0 (M+l).
Step 2: N-(2-aminophenyl)-6-(2-phenylamino-ethylamino)-nicotinamide (compound 44)
[0175] A mixture of 5-bromo-2-N-alkanyl-2-aminopyridine 42 (352 mg, 1.2 mmol), 1,2-
phenylenediamine (3.95 mmol, 3.3 equiv.), Pd(OAc)2 (0.31 mrnol, 26% mol) and 1,1'-bis
(diphenylphosphino) ferrocene (124 mg, 0.22 mmol) was suspended in degassed DMF (3mL), treated
with diisopropylethyl amine (0.9 mL, 5.2 mmol) and the system flushed with CO. The reaction mixture
was warmed up to 60°C and stirred under CO (balloon) for 18 h at this temperature. After
evaporation of the DMF under vacuo, the residue was purified through a chromatographic column
(silica gel, elution 3% to 6% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 258 mg (0.74 mmol, 62 % yield) of
the aminoanilide 44. 1H-NMR (CD3OD-d4), ? (ppm): 8.67 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J= 8.9 Hz, 2.5
Hz, 1H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J = 7.7 Hz, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (m, 2H), 6.89 (dd, J =
8.0 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dt, J= 7.7 Hz, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.60 (m, 2H), 4.87
(bs, 4H), 3.60 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.35 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H).
Example 41
N-(2-amino-phenyl)-6-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-nicotinamide (compound 45)
Step 1: N-5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methoxybenzvlamine (compound 43)
[0176] A mixture of 2,6-dibromopyridine 41 (6.03 mmol, 2 equiv.) and para-methoxybenzyl
amine (413 mg, 3.01 mmol) was stirred under nitrogen at 120°C for 6h. After identical work-up
procedure described before and purification through a pad of silica gel {elution 50% ether in
hexanes), a pale yellow solid 43 (773 mg, 2.60 mmol, 87% yield) was obtained. 13C NMR (300 MHz,
CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 159.1, 139.7, 132.1, 130.5, 128.9, 127.2, 116.2, 114.3, 104.8, 55.4, 46.0.
LMRS = 295.0 (M+l).
Step 2: N-2-amino-phenyl)-6-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-nicotinamide (compound 45)
[0177] Following the procedure described in Example 40, step 2, but substituting 43 for 42, the
title compound 45 was obtained in 61% yield.

Example 42
N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-[6-(2-phenylamino-ethylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-acrylamide (compound
50)
Step 2: 3-[6-(2-Phenylamino-ethylamino)- pyridin-3-yl)-acrylic acid tert-butyl ester (compound 46)
[0178] In a 50 mL flask, a mixture of 42 (308 mg, 1.05 mmol), tert-butylacrylate (0.8 mL, 5.5
mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.8 mL, 4.6 mmol), tri-o-tolylphosphine (POT, 192 mg, 0.63 mmol),
Pd2(dba)3 (73 mg, 0.08 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (4 mL) was stirred at 120°C (preheated oil bath) for
2h under nitrogen. After DMF removal, the crude residue was submitted to a chromatographic
purification (column silica gel, 50% ether in hexanes) to afford 316 mg of 46 (88% yield). 13C NMR
(300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): 166.6, 159.3, 149.6, 147.8, 140.7, 134.9, 129.1, 119.8, 117.3,
115.9, 112.6, 107.8, 80.0, 43.5, 40.9. 28.1. LRMS = 340.3 (M+1).
Step 3: 3-[6-(2-Phenylamino-ethylamino)- pyridin-3-yl)-acrylic acid (compound 48)
[0179] Ester 46 (0.93 mmol) was dissolved 40 % TFA in dichloromethane (10 mL) and the
solution stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuo distilling with
acetonitrile (3x10 mL) and stored under high vacuum for 6h. The solid residue 48 was employed for
the next reaction without further purification. LRMS = 284.1 (M+1).
Step 4: N-2-aminophenyl)-3-[6-(2-phenylamino-ethylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-acrylamide (compound 50)
[0180] A mixture of acid 48 (0.93 mmol), BOP (495 mg, 1.12 mmol) and 1,2-phenylenediamine
(124 mg, 1.15 mmol) were dissolved in dry acetonitrile (4 mL) and treated with triethylamine (0.8
mL, 5.7 mmol). The solution was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature for 16h. After
concentration under vacuo, the crude was purified through chromatographic column (5% methanol in
dichloromethane), then was crystallized from chloroform to give 50 (247 mg, 71% yield). 1H-NMR
(DMSO-d6), 5 (ppm): 9.25 (bs, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J =
15.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (t, J = 1.0 Hz. 1H), 7.08 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (t, J
= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (dt, J= 8.0 Hz, 0.4 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (m, 6H). 5.20 (bs. 1H), 3.48 (t, J = 6.3 Hz,
2H), 3.33 (bs, 2H), 3.21 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H).

Example 43
N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-[6-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-2-yl]-acrylamide (compound 51)
Step 2: N-2-aminophenyl)-3-[6-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-2-yl]-acrylamide (compound 51)
[0181] Following the procedure described in Example 42, steps 2, 3, 4, but substituting 43 for
42, the title compound 51 was obtained in 50% yield (on 2 steps). 1H-NMR (CDCI3), 6 (ppm): 7.60
(bs, 1H), 7.55 (bs, 1H), 7.43 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H),
7.06 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 6.70 (m, 3H), 6.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz,
1H), 4.50 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.45 (bs, 2H).

Example 44
4-[2-(2-amino-phenylcarbamoyl)-vinyl]-benzyl}-carbamic acid pyridin-3-yl methyl ester
(compound 55)
Step 1: (4-bromo-benzyl)-carbamic acid pyridin-3-yl-methyl ester (compound 54)
[0182] 4-bromobenzylamine HCI (3.0g, 13.4 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (60 mL) at rt and then
Et3N (4.13 mL, 29.7 mmol) was added dropwise over 10 min to give cloudy solution. To this, DBU
(2.42 mL, 16.2 mmol) and l.l'-carbonyl diimidazole (2.41g, 14.8 mmol) were added. After being
stirred for 1 h at rt, 3-pyridylcarbinol (1.44 mL, 14.8 mmol) was added dropwise over 10 min. The
resulting reaction mixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue obtained was diluted with ether/EtOAc (9:1) and then washed with H2O. The organic layer
was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and then concentrated to give the crude product which was
recrystallized from EtOAc to give 2.55g of product 54 (59% yield, LRMS = 323 (M+1).

Step 2: 4-[2-(2-amino-phenylcarbamoyl)-vinyn-benzyl)-carbamic acid pyridin-3-yl methyl ester
(compound 55)
[0183] Following the procedure described in Example 42, steps 2, 3, but substituting 54 for 42,
and acrylic acid for tert-butyl acrylate the title compound 55 was obtained in an overall yield of 20%.
1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 10.03 (s, 1H), 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H),
7.85 (d, J = 7.69 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.60 (m, 6H), 7.31 (d, J = 7.69 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (dd, J = 7.14 Hz, J =
7 Hz, 1H), 6.71-6.79 (m, 2H), 6.55 (dd, J = 7.1 Hz, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 4.93 (bs, 2H).

Example 45
N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-{4-[(3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzylamino)-methyl]-phenyl}-acrylamide
(compound 59)
Step 1: (4-Bromo-benzyl)-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzyl)-amine (compound 57)
[0184] To a stirred suspension of K2CO3 (522 mg, 3.77 mmol) in dry DMF was added 3,4,5-
trimethoxybenzylamine (1.10 mL, 6.44 mmol, 2.2 equiv.) followed by a solution of p-bromo
benzylbromide (0.73 g, 2.91 mmol) in dry DMF (8 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature
under nitrogen for two days in the dark, diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL), washed with brine,
dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by chromatographic
column on silica gel (elution 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 2.59 mmol (89% yield) of

dibenzylamine 57. 13C NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8 (ppm): 152.5, 138.8, 136.1, 135.4, 130.6, 129.2,
119.8, 104.2, 59.9, 55.3, 52.6, 51.7. LRMS = 368.4 (M+1).
Step 2: N-(2-Nitro-phenyl)-3-(4-r(3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzylamino)-methyl]-phenyl}-acrylamide (compound
58]
Preparation of the nitroacrylanilide
[0185] To a mixture of 2-nitroaniline (1.73 g, 12.5 mmol), DMAP (321 mg, 2.6 mmol) and 2,6-di-
tert-butyl-4-methylphenol (308 mg) in dry dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0°C was added triethylamine
(10.6 mL, 76 mmol) followed by acryloylchloride (3.2 mL, 38 mmol, 3.0 equiv.), and the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 16h. The solution was diluted with dichloromethane (250 mL), cooled
to 0°C and the excess of reagent quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (stirring for 1 h). The organic
layer was then washed (5% KHSO4, then brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under
reduced pressure. After purification through chromatographic column on silica gel (elution 50% ether
in hexanes), 642 mg (3.34 mmol, 27% yield) of the amide was obtained. l3C NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3)
8 (ppm): 163.6, 136.0, 135.6, 134.5, 131.3, 128.6, 125.4, 123.1, 121.8. LRMS = 193.2 (M+l).
Step 3: N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-{4-[(3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzylamino)-methyl]-phenyl]-acrylamide (59)
[0186] A mixture of nitro-compound 58 (127 mg, 0.27 mmol), SnCI2 (429 mg, 2.26 mmol, 8.4
equiv.) and NH4OAC (445 mg) was suspended in methanol (9.5 mL) and water (1.5 mL), and the
mixture was heated at 70°C for 45 min. The mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (100 mL) and
washed with brine and then saturated NaHCO3, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. Purification
by chromatographic column on silica gel (elution 5 to 10% methanol in dichloromethane) gave 52 mg
(43% yield) of 59. 1H-NMR (CDCI3), ? (ppm): 8.25 (bs, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J =
7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (m 1H), 7.02 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 6.62 (d, J
= 15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (s, 2H), 3.97 (bs, 3H), 3.80 (s, 9H), 3.78 (s, 2H). 3.72 (s, 2H).

Example 46
N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-(4-{[(3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}- phenyl)-acrylamide
(compound 61)
Step 1: 3-[4-{[Methyl-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl]-phenyl)-N-(2-nitro-phenyl)-acrylamide
(compound 60)
[0187] Amine 58 (180.2 mg, 0.38 mmol) was dissolved in 88% of HCO2H (6 mL), treated with
excess of paraformaldehyde (7.67 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 70°C for 2.5h. A saturated
NaHCO3 solution, was added slowly, extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 75 mL), dried (MgSO4,
filtered and concentrated. After chromatographic column on silica gel (elution 3 to 5% methanol in
dichloromethane), pure N-methyl amine 60 (118 mg, 63% yield) was obtained. 13C NMR (300 MHz,
CDCI3) ? (ppm): 164.5, 153.1, 143.5, 142.3, 136.8. 136.1, 136.0, 135.3, 134.9, 132.9, 129.3,
128.2, 125.8, 123.1, 122.2, 120.3, 105.4, 62.2, 61.2, 60.8. 56.0, 42.5. LRMS = 492.5 (M+1).
Step 2: N-2-aminophenyl)-3-(4-([(3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzyl)-aminol-methyl]- phenyl)-acrylamide
(compound 61)
[0188] Following the procedure described in Example 45, step 3, but substituting the nitro-
compound 60 for 58, the title compound 61 was obtained in 72% yield. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6), 5 (ppm):
9.15 (bs, 1H), 8.13 (bs, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 1.9 Hz. 1H), 7.30 (m 4H), 7.12 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.91
(m 3H), 6.75 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (m 2H), 4.83 (bs, 2H), 4.43 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H),
3.33 (s, 3H).


Example 47
N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-{4-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-phenyl}-acrylamide (compound 65)
Step 1: Methyl-3-(4-amino-phenyl)-acrylate hydrochloride (compound 63)
[0189] 4-amino-cinnamic acid (10.41 g, 0.052 mol) was dissolved in methanol (100 mL) at rt. A
solution of HCI in dioxane (15.6 mL, 4 N) was then added. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux
overnight. The clear solution was evaporated to a half volume and then settled down at rt. The white
suspension obtained was collected by vacuum filtration. The mother liquid was evaporated again to
a quart volume and cooled down to rt. The suspension was filtered again. The combined the solid
collected from two filtration was dried in vacuo to give 7.16 g of 63 (64.3% yield). LRMS: 178
(M+1).
Step 2: Methyl-3-{4-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-phenyl)- acrylate hydrochloride (compound 64)
[0190] To a suspension of compound 63 (3.57 g, 16.7 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added Et3N.
after 10 min 4-methoxybenzyl chloride (2.0 g, 12.8 mmol), Nal (0.38 g, 2.6 mmol) and K2CO3 (3.53
g, 25.5 mmol) were added successively. The mixture was heated at 60°C overnight and evaporated
to dryness. The residue was partitioned between NaHCO3 sat. solution (50 mL) and EtOAc
(50mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and then evaporated to dryness.
The residue was purified by flash chromatography and then recrystallized from isopropylalcohol to
give 1.16 g 64 (yield 30.6%, LRMS = 298) and 1.46g of 63 (49% recovered yield).
Step 3: N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-{4-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-phenyl}-acrylamide (compound 65)
[0191] Following the procedure described in Example 42, step 4, but substituting 64 for 48, the
title compound 65 was obtained in 32% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.1.5 (s, 1H), 7.24 -7.38
(m, 6H), 6.84-6.90 (m, 3H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 6.49-6.60 (m, 4H), 4.84 (s, 2H ), 4.22 (d, J = 5.77 Hz,
2H).


Example 48
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-3-(4-styrylamino-phenyl)-acrylamide (compound 71)
Step 1: N-(4-lodo-phenyl)-(3-phenyl-allyl)-amine (compound 69)
[0192] Following the procedure described in Example 47, step 2, but substituting 68 for 63, the
title compound 69 was obtained in 70% yield. LRMS = 288 (M+l)
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-3-(4-styrylamino-phenyl)-acrylamide (71)
[0193] Following the procedure described in Example 42, steps 2, 4, but substituting 69 for 42,
and acrylic acid for tert-butyl acrylate the title compound 71 was obtained in an overall yield of 60%.
1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.22 (bs, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.34
(d, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (dt, J = 7.4 Hz, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (dt, J = 7.9 Hz, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J =
7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.63-6.55 (m, 4H), 6.44-6.37 (m, 1H), 4.95 (bs, 2H), 3.95
(bs, 2H).
Example 49
N-{2-Amino-phenyl)-3-[4-(4-methoxy-benzamide)]-acrylamide (compound 72)
Step 1: N-(4-lodo-phenyl)-4-methoxy-benzamide (compound 70)
[0194] Following the procedure described in Example 47, step 2, but substituting 68 for 63, the
title compound 70 was obtained in 90% yield. LRMS = 354.0 (M+1)
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-3-[4-(4-methoxy-benzamide)]-acrylamide (compound 72)
[0195] Following the procedure described in Example 42, steps 2, 4, but substituting 70 for 42,
and acrylic acid for tert-butyl acrylate the title compound 72 was obtained in an overall yield of 90%.
1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.4 (bs, 1H), 7.60(d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.87 (d, J =
7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.77 (m, 3H), 6.62 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.08-6.04 (m,
2H), 4.98 (bs, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H).


N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-{6-[2-(4-oxo-4H-quinazolin-3-yl)-ethylamino]-pyridin-3-yl}-acrylamide
(compound 76)
Step 1: N-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-ethane-1.2-diamine (compound 73)
[0196] Following the procedure described in Example 40, step 1, but using 1,2-diaminoethane
as alkyl amine, the title compound 73 was obtained in 84% yield. 13C NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD):
159.1, 148.7, 140.7, 111.7, 107.2, 44.3, 41.7. LRMS = 218.1 (M+1)
Step 2: 3-[2-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylamino)-ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one (compound 75)
[0197] A suspension of primary amine 73 (1.17 g, 5.40 mmol) and isatoic anhydride 74 (880
mg, 5.40 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) was stirred for 3 h at 50°C and then concentrated. The
resulting oily residue was dissolved in 88% formic acid (20 mL) and refluxed overnight. After removal
of formic acid, the solid residue was purified through column chromatography on silica gel (5%
methanol in dichloromethane) to give 1.24 g (3.6 mmol, 67% yield) of 75.13C NMR (300 MHz,
CDCI3): 161.6, 156.8, 147.7, 147.6, 147.2, 139.8, 134.5, 127.4, 126.8, 126.3, 121.6, 110.1,
107.0, 46.3, 40.1. LRMS = 347.1 (M+l).

Step 3: N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-{6-[2-(4-oxo-4H-quinazolin-3-yl)-ethylamino]-pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide
(compound 76)
[0198] Following the procedure described in Example 42, steps 2 to 4, but substituting 75 for
42, the title compound 76 was obtained in an overall yield of 68 %. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6), ? (ppm):
9.24 (bs, 1H), 8.17 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (bs, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dt, J
= 8.5 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dt, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H),
6.74 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (m, 3H), 4.95 (bs, 2H), 4.17 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (m, J
= 5.2 Hz, 2H).
Example 51
N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-{6-[2-(4-benzyl-2,6-dioxo-piperazin-1-yl)-ethylamino]-pyridin-3-yl}-
acrylamide (compound 78)
Step 2: 4-Benzyl-l-[2-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylamino)-ethyl]-piperazine-2,6-dione (ccmpound 77)
[0199] A suspension of benzyliminodiacetic acid (702 mg, 3.15 mmol) and acetic anhydride (15
mL) was stirred at 120°C for 45 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with dry toluene and
concentrated in vacuo to remove the volatiles. The residue was dissolved in dry toluene (15 mL) and
transferred via cannula to a reaction flask containing the amine 73 (475 mg, 3.2 mmol). The mixture
was heated at 90°C for 16 h, concentrated and chromatographed by column on silica gel (elution 5%
methanol in dichloromethane) to give 684mg (1.70 mmol, 54% yield) of 77.
Step 3: N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-{6-f2-(4-benzyl-2,6-dioxo-piperazin-l-yl)-ethylamino]-pyridin-3-yl]-acrylamide
(compound 78)
[0200] Following the procedure described in Example 42, steps 2 to 4, but substituting 77 for
42, the title compound 78 was obtained in an overall yield of 60%. 1H-NMR (CD3OD-d4), ? (ppm):
8.09 (dr J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d. J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 6H),
7.20 (dd, J = 7.8 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dt, J = 9.0 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J = 8.1 Hz, 1.2 Hz,
1H), 6.73 (dt, J = 7.5 Hz, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (bs,
3H), 3.97 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H). 3.57 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 4H).


Example 52
(E)-4-{[4-Amino-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino]-methyl}-/V-{2-amino-phenyl)-
cinnamide (compound 83)
Step 1: 4.6-Dichloro-2-(2-indanyl-amino)-[1,3,5]triazine (compound 79)
[0201] To a stirred solution at -78°C of cyanuric chloride (13.15 g, 71.33 mmol) in anhydrous
THF (100 mL) under nitrogen was slowly canulated a solution of 2-aminoindan (10.00 g, 75.08
mmol), i-Pr2NEt (14.39 mL, 82.59 mmol) in anhydrous THF (60 mL). After 50 min, the reaction
mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After
separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over
anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (AcOEt/CH2CI2: 2/98?5/95) and by co-precipitation (AcOEt/hexanes)
to afford the title compound 79 (18.51 g, 65.78 mmol, 92% yield) as a beige powder. 1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCl3) ? (ppm): 7.29-7.18 (m, 4H), 6.02 (bd, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.94-4.84 (m, 1H), 3.41 (dd, J =
16.2, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (dd, J = 16.1, 4.5 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: 2-(4-Bromo-benzyl-amino)-4-chloro-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[l,3,5]triazine (compound 80)
[0202] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 79 (2.68 g, 9.52 mmol) in anhydrous THF
(50 mL) under nitrogen were added i-Pr2NEt (4.79 mL, 27.53 mmol) and 4-bromobenzylamine.HCI
(2.45 g, 11.01 mmol), respectively. After 17 h, the reaction mixture was poured into a saturated
aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was
successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and

concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chrornatography on silica gel
(AcOEt/CH2CI2: 3/97?5/95) to afford the title compound 80 (4.00 g, 9.29 mmol, 97% yield) as a
white powder. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 5 (ppm): mixture of rotamers, 7.52-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.11
(m, 6H), 6.51 and 6.12 (2 m, 1H), 5.72-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.94-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.46 (m, 2H), 3.43-
3.16 (m,2H), 2.92-2.74 (m, 2H).
Step 3: 4-Amino-2-(4-bromo-benzyl-amino)-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[1,3,5]triazine (compound 81)
[0203] In a 75 mL sealed flask, a solution of 80 (2.05 g, 4.76 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane
(60 mL) was stirred at room temperature, saturated with NH3 gas for 5 min, and warmed to 140°C
for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, the saturation step with
NH3 gas was repeated for 5 min, and the reaction mixture was warmed to 140°C again for 24 h.
Then, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into 1N HCI, and diluted
with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat NH4CI, H2O and
brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified
by flash chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/CH2CI2: 5/95) to afford the title compound 81 (1.96 g,
4.76 mmol, quantitative yield) as a colorless foam. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 6 (ppm): 7.43 (d, J =
8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.12 (m, 6H), 5.70-5.10 (m, 2H), 5.00-4.65 (m, 3H), 4.52 (bs. 2H), 3.40-3.10 (m,
2H), 2.90-2.65 (m, 2H).
Step 4: (E)-([4-Amino-6-(2-indanyl-amino)-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino]-methyl]-N-[2-(N-t-butoxycarbonyl)-
amino-ohenyl]-cinamide (compound 82)
Preparation of N-[2-(/V-t-Butoxycarbonyl)-arnino-phenyl]-acrylamide
[0204] Following the procedure described in Example 45, step 2, but substituting the nitro-
compound 2-(N-t-butoxycarbonyl)-amino-aniline for 2-nitroaniline, the title compound was obtained in
77% yield. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) S (ppm): 8.51 (bs, 1H), 7.60-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 1H),
7.20-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.98 (bs, 1H), 6.41 (dd, J = 17.0 Hz, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (dd, J = 16.9 Hz, 10.0
Hz, 1H), 5.76 (dd, J = 10.2 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
[0205] In a 50 mL sealed flask, a solution of 81 (300 mg, 0.73 mmol), the acrylamide (230 mg,
0.88 mmol), Et3N (407 nl, 2.92 mmol), tri-o-tolylphosphine (POT, 13 mg, 0.04 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (20
mg, 0.02 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature, saturated with N2 gas
for 15 min, and warmed to 100°C for 15 h. Then, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room
temperature, poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI, and diluted with AcOEt. After

separation, the organic layer was successively washed with sat. NH4CI, H2O and brine, dried over
anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash
chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/CH2CI2: 2/98?5/95) to afford the title compound 82 (240 mg,
0.41 mmol, 56% yield) as a beige solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8 (ppm): 8.46 (bs, 1H), 7.71 (bd,
J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.05 (m, 13H), 6.54 (bd, J = 15.9 Hz, 1H), 5.954.90 (m, 4H), 4.854.48 (m,
3H), 3.40-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.70 (m, 2H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
Step 5: (E)-4-l[4-Amino-6-(2-indanvl-amino)-[1,3,5]triazin-2-yl-amino]-methyl}-N-(2-amino-phenyl)-
cinnamide (compound 83)
[0206] To a stirred solution at room temperature of 82 (230 mg, 0.39 mmol) in CH2CI2 (5 mL)
was added TFA (1 mL, 95% in water). After 18 h, the reaction mixture was poured into a saturated
aqueous solution of NaHCO3, and diluted with AcOEt. After separation, the organic layer was
successively washed with sat. NaHCO3, H2O and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and
concentrated. The crude residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(MeOH/CH2CI2: 5/95) to afford the title compound 83 (170 mg, 0.35 mmol, 89% yield) as a yellow
solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 8.87 (bs, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (bd, J
= 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.11 (m, 4H), 7.05-6.91 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.4 Hz,
1H), 6.69 (td, J = 7.6, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.65-5.50 (m, 4H), 4.83-4.53 (m, 5H), 3.34-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.98-
2.80 (m, 2H).


Example 53
N-(2-aminophenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-quinolin-6-yl-amide (compound 87)
Step 1: 2.6-ditrifluoromethanesulfonyloxy-quinoline (compound 85):
[0207] A solution of 2,6-dihydroxyquinoline 84 (1.254 g, 7.78 mmol) and DMAP (a few crystals)
in dry pyridine (15 mL) was treated with neat trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (5.2 g, 18,4 mmol,
1.2 equiv.) and stirred at 0°C for 5 h. This solution was then poured on a mixture brine/sat NaHCO3
and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 150 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated.
Purification by column chromatography on silica gel (30% to 50% ether in hexanes) gave 2.58 g (6.1
mmol, 78% yield) of 85. 13C NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 154.5, 147.8, 144.6, 142.0, 131.6, 127.8,
124.9, 119.3, 118.7, 114.9. LRMS = 426.0 (M+l).
Step 2: N-(2-aminophenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-quinolin-6-yl-amide (compound 87)
[0208] Following the procedure described in Example 40, steps 1, 2, but substituting 85 for 40,
the title compound 87 was obtained in 92% yield. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6)( ? (ppm): 9.66 (bs, 1H), 8.32
(s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55
(dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (t, J
= 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (m 2H), 6.80 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (bs 2H), 4.58
(d, J = 3.3 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.33 (bs, 1H).
Example 54
N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-[2-{4-methoxy-benzylamino)-quinolin-6-yl]-acrylamide (compound 88)
Step 3: N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-[2-(4-methoxy-benzylamino)-auinolin-6-yl]-acrylamide (compound 88)
[0209] Following the procedure described in Example 42, steps 1 to 4, but substituting 85 for
40, the title compound 88 was obtained in an overall yield of 71%. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6), ? (ppm): 9.70
(bs, 1H), 9.40 (bs, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (bs, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd,
J = 15.7 Hz, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d,
J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.95 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (d. J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (t, J = 7.2
Hz, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H).
Examples 55-84
[0210] Examples 55 to 84 describe the preparation of compounds 89 to 118 using the same
procedures as described for compounds 44 to 88 in Examples 40 to 54. Characterization data are
presented in Tables 3a-d.






















































Example 85
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(1H-benzimidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)-benzamide (compound 126)
Step 1: 4-(lH-Benzimidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (compound 122)
[0211] Following the procedure described in Example 47, step 2, but using 119 and substituting
121 for 63, the title compound 122 was obtained in 95% yield. LRMS = 299.1 (M+1).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-Phenyl)-4-(1H-benzimidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)-benzamide (126)
[0212] Following the procedure described in Example 1, steps 4 and 5, but substituting 122 for
6, the title compound 126 was obtained in 62% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.57 (s, 1H),
7.89 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H). 7.53 (bs. 2H), 7.36 (bs, 2H), 7.14-7.08 (m, 3H),
6.94 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (bs, 2H), 4.62 (s,
2H).
Example 87
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamino)-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl]-
benzamide (compound 128)
Step 1: 4-(6-Amino-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (122)
[0213] Following the procedure described in Example 47, step 2, but using 120 and substituting
121 for 63, the title compound 122 was obtained in 45% yield. LRMS = 331.0 (M+l).

Step 2: 4-[6-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethylamino)-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyn-benzoic acid methyl ester
(compound 124)
[0214] To a solution of 4-(6-Amino-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester 122
(800 mg, 2.42 mmol), in DMF (24 mL), were added successively solid 4-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine
hydrochloride (296 mg, 2.66 mmol), K2CO3(611 mg, 5.08 mmol), Nal (363 mg, 2.42 mmol), Et3N
(370 ?L, 2.66 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium iodide (894 mg, 2.42 mmol), The mixture was stirred
at 120°C for 24h and more 4-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine hydrochloride (296 mg, 2.66 mmol) was
added. The mixture was stirred for 8h at 120°C and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The
resulting black syrup was partitioned between H2O and EtOAc. The organic layer was successively
washed with HCI 1N and saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The precipitate was extracted twice with
EtOAc, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (MeOH/CHCI3:
5:95 to 10:90) afforded 48 mg (4% yield) of 124 as a light yellow oil. LRMS = 444.1 (M+1).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-Phenyl)-4-[6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamino)-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl]-
benzamide (compound 128)
[0215] Following the procedure described in Example 1, steps 4 and 5, but substituting 124 for
6, the title compound 128 was obtained in 76% yield. 1H NMR: (Acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 9.06 (bs, 1H),
7.98 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.0 Hz,
1H), 7.06 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.66 (dt, J = 7.4 Hz, 1.4 Hz,
1H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 3.64-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.25 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.63 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.54-2.42
(m, 4H).

Example 88
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(quinolin-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)-benzamide (compound 131)
Step 1: 2-(4-Bromo-benzylsulfanyl)-quinoline (compound 130)
[0216] Following the procedure described in Example 47, step 2, but substituting 129 for 63,
the title compound 130 was obtained in 89% yield. LRMS = 332.0 (M+1).

Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(quinolin-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)-benzarnide (131)
[0217] Following the procedure described in Example 40, step 2, but substituting 129 for 42,
the title compound 131 was obtained in 70% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.62 (bs, 1H), 8.21
(d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.00-7.89 (m, 4H), 7.79 (dd, J = 6.8 Hz, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H),
7.56 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 8.2 Hz. 1H), 6.99 (dt, J = 7.9 Hz, 7.4
Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (dt, J = 7.7 Hz, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H).

Example 89
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(pyrimidin-2-ylaminomethyl)-benzamide (compound 134)
Step 1: 4-(Pyrimidin-2-ylaminomethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (compound 133)
[0218] Following the procedure described in Example 47, step 2, but substituting 132 for 63,
the title compound 133 was obtained in 76% yield. LRMS = 244.2 (M+1).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(pyrimidin-2-ylaminomethyl)-benzamide (134)
[0219] Following the procedure described in Example 1, steps 4 and 5, but substituting 129 for
6, the title compound 134 was obtained in 91% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) ? (ppm): 9.6 (bs, 1H).
8.32 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (dt, J = 9.9 Hz, 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.85-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.47, (d, J = 8.2 Hz,
2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dt, J = 7.7 Hz, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.66-6.62
(m, 1H), 4.98 (bs, 2H), 4.61 (d, 2H).


Example 90
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl]-benzamide (compound
139)
Step 1: [2-(4-lodo-benzoylamino)-phenyl1-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (compound 135)
[0220] To a solution of di-tert-butyldicarbonate (39 g, 181 mmol) in THF (139 mL) placed in a
water bath, was added 1,2-phenylenediamine (15 g, 139 mmol) and DMAP (1.7 g, 14 mmol). The
mixture was stirred at r.t. for 16 h and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude material was
partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was washed with HCI 1 N and then with
aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4
and concentrated affording the compound (18.9 g, 65% yield) as a light beige powder. LRMS =
209.1 (M+1).
[0221] To a solution of 4-iodobenzoic acid (8.0 g, 32.3 mmol) in DMF (65 mL) at r.t., were
successively added l-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcabodiimide hydrochloride (8.0 g, 41.9 mmol)
and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (5.2 g, 38.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 h and a solution of (2-
amino-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6.3 g, 30.2 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added to the
mixture via cannula, followed by triethylamine (5.9 mL, 4.9 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 16 h

and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude material was partitioned between chloroform and
water. The organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3, dried over MgSO4 and
concentrated to a light brown syrup which was crystallized in hot EtOAc or Et2O, yielding 135 (9.3 g,
70% yield) as a white solid. LRMS = 461.0 (M+Na+).
Step 2: N-[2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-phenyl)-terephtalamic acid methyl ester (compound 136)
[0222] Following the procedure described in Example 40, step 2, but substituting 135 for 42,
the title compound 136 was obtained in 95% yield. LRMS = 393.1 (M+Na+).
Step 3: [2(4-Hydroxymethyl-benzoylamino)-phenyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (137)
[0223] To a solution of 136 (7.5g, 20.6 mmol) in THF (40 mL), cooled down to -20°C under N2,
was added a 1M solution of DIBAL-H (122 mL, 122 mmol) in toluene. After stirring for 18 h. at r.t,
the mixture was cooled down to 0°C and carefully quenched by a dropwise addition of H2O (10 mL)
and of 2N NaOH (5 mL). The aluminum salts were allowed to decant and the supernatant was
removed. The organic layer was washed with H2O, 1 N HCI (6 times), satd. aqueous NaHCO3, brine,
dried over MgSO4 and concentrated (2.04 g, 43%). Purification of the crude material by flash
chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes 50:50 to 70:30) afforded 137 (1.14 g, 16% yield) as a solid foam.
LRMS = 365.2 (M+Na+).
Step 4: l2-[4-(1-Methyl-imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)-benzoylamino1-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl
ester (compound 138)
[0224] To a solution of N-methyl-2-mercaptoimidazole (28 mg, 0.25 mmol) in THF (1 mL), at r.t.
under N2 atmosphere were successively added 137 (70 mg, 0.20 mmol), triphenylphosphine (70
mg; 0.27 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of diethyl azodicarboxylate (48 ?L, 0.31 mmol). The
mixture was stirred for 2 h and the solvent was removed in vacuo. Purification by flash
chromatography using MeOH/CHCl3 (5:95) as the eluent afforded the title compound 138 (81 mg), in
91% yield, which was found to contain some diethyl hydrazodicarboxylate residus. The compound
was used as is without further purification.
Step 5: N-2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyn-benzamide (compound 139)
[0225] Following the procedure described in Example 42, step 3, but substituting 138 for 46,
the title compound 139 was obtained in 62% yield. 1H NMR: (Acetone-d6) ? (ppm): 9.07 (bs, 1H),
7.93 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 1.1 Hz,
1H), 7.03-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.86 (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (dt, J = 7.4 Hz, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.63
(bs, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.42 (s, 3H).


Example 91
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-6-(3-methoxyphenyl)-nicotinarnide (compound 141}
[0226] To a mixture of 3-methoxyphenyl boronic acid (152 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 140 (248 g, 1.0
mmol) were added benzene (8 mL) and ethanol (4 mL) followed by 2 M Na2CO3 aqueous solution (3.2
mL, 6.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 30 min and then Pd(PPh3)4(58
mg, 0.05 mmol) was quickly added. After 24 h of reflux, the mixture was cooled to room
temperature, filtered through a pad of celite and rinsed with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The organic
solution was washed with brine (5 mL), dried (MgSO4), and concentrated. Purification by flash silica
gel chromatography (Hexane/Ethyl acetate: 1/1) afforded 141 (302 mg, 95% yield). 1H NMR (CDCI3)
6 (ppm): 9.11 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52-
7.47 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.09-6.78 (m, 4H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.39 (br s, 2H).

Example 92
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(l-oxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl)-benzamide (compound 144)
Step 1: 4-(1-Oxo-l,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (compound 143)
[0227] To a solution of benzene-1,2-carbaldehyde 142 (1.0 g, 7.46 mmol) in 10 mL of acetic
acid was added 4-aminomethylbenzoic acid (1.13 g, 7.46 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed
5 min and cooled to the room temperature. A crystalline precipitate was formed and triturated with
CH2CI2 to produce the title compound 143 (1.29 g, 49%).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(1-oxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl)-benzamide (compound 144)
[0228] To a solution of the carboxylic acid (0.32 g, 0.89 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) at rt, was added
HOBt (0.16 g, 1.15 mmol) and EDC (0.25 g, 1.33 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 1.5 h.

Lastly, phenylenediamine (0.12 g, 1.07 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for 18-
20 h. DMF was removed in vacuo and the crude was partitioned between ethyl acetate and H2O. The
organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography
(CH2CI2-MeOH (19:1)) afforded 144 in 46% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) D 9.71 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.0
Hz, 2H), 7.80 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.7 Hz,
1H), 7.02 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (bs, 2 H), 4.87
(s, 2 H), 4.47 (s, 2H).

Example 94
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)- 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl)-benzamide (compound
149)
[0229] Phthalic anhydride 148 (1.3 g, 8.9 mmol) and 4-aminomethylbenzoic acid in 20 mL
acetic acid were refluxing for 3 h, cooled to the room temperature and evaporated to yield a solid
residue which was triturated with water, filtered off and dried to produce the intermediate carboxylic
acid (1.7 g, 68%). LMRS = 282.0 (M+l).
[0230] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 92, step 2, but
substituting the acid for 143, the title compound 149 was obtained in 17% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO d6)
D 9.59 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.91 (m, 6H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (t, J =
7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 4,83 (bs, 4H).

Example 95
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-ethyl]-benzamide (compound
152)
Step 1: 2-[2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-ethyn-isoindole-1,3-dione (compound 150)
[0231] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 94, step 1, but
substituting 4-aminomethylbenzoic acid for tyramine the title compound 150 was obtained in 48%
yield. LMRS = 268.0 (M+1).
Step 2: 4-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl trifluoromethane-sulfonate (151)
[0232] To a solution of sodium hydride (90 mg, 25 mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) at 0°C, 150 (500
mg, 8.9 mmol) was added followed by the addition of dry DMF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was
stirred for 20 min at 0°C, treated portionwise with PhN(Tf)2, stirred for additional 2 h and evaporated
to produce a solid material which was purified by chromatography on a silica gel column, (CH2CI2 -
MeOH (19:1)) to provide 151 (639 mg, 86% yield). LMRS = 400.0 (M+1).
Step 3: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-ethyl]-benzamide (compound 152)
[0233] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 40, step 2, but
substituting 151 for 42, the title compound 152 was obtained in 15% yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO d6) D
9.57 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.87 (m, 6H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (t, J = 6.9
Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (bs, 2 H), 3.85 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2 H),
3.00 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2 H).


Example 96
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(4-oxo-4H-quinazolin-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (compound 154)
[0234] A suspension of 4-aminomethyl benzoic acid (1.00 g, 6.60 mmol) in water (20 mL) was
treated with Et3N (0.86 mL, 6.60 mmol) followed by the addition of isatoic anhydride 153 (980 mg,
6.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated 3 h at 40°C and evaporated to form an oily residue,
which was refluxing in formic acid (20 mL) for 7 h. Formic acid was removed in vacuum to produce a
solid, which was triturated with water and filtered off to provide the carboxylic acid (1.61 g, 96%).
LMRS = 281.0 (M+1).
[0235] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 92, step 2, but
substituting the carboxylic acid for 143, the title compound 154 was obtained was obtained in 43%
yield. 1H NMR: (DMSO d6) D 9.71 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.0 Hz,
1H), 7.92 (t, J = 8.0, 2H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (t, J = 7.4, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H).
7.22 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H),
5.35 (s, 2 H).
Example 97
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(4-oxo-4H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazin-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (compound
155)
[0236] A suspension of 4-aminomethyl benzoic acid (1.00 g, 6.60 mmol) in water (20 mL) was
treated with Et3N (0.86 mL, 6.60 mmol) followed by the addition of isatoic anhydride (980 mg, 6.00
mmol). The reaction mixture was heated 3 h at 40°C and cooled to 0°C. The cold reaction mixture
was acidified with cone. HCI (5 mL) and treated drop wise with NaNO2 solution (520 mg, 7.5 mmol in
5 mL water) over 5 min period of time, then left overnight at room temperature. A precipitate formed
which was collected, washed with water and dried to provide the carboxylic acid (1.62 g, 96%).
LMRS = 282.0 (M+1).
[0237] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 92, step 2, but
substituting the carboxylic acid for 143, the title compound 155 was obtained in 27% yield. 1H NMR:
(DMSO d6) D 9.62 (s, 1H), 8.25 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 8.11 (ddd, J = 7.1 Hz, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.98
(m, 3H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 8.0
Hz, 1H), 6.57 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (s, 2 H), 4.87 (bs, 2 H).

Example 98
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(2,4-dioxo-1,4-dihydro-2H-quinazolin-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide
(compound 157)
Step 1: 4-[(2-Amino-benzoylamino)-methyl]-benzoic acid (compound 156)
[0238] To a suspension of 4-aminomethylbenzoic acid (5.09 g, 33.7 mmol) in H2O (50 mL), was
added Et3N (4.7 mL, 33.7 mmol) followed by isatoic anhydride 153 (5.0 g, 30.6 mmol). The brown
mixture was heated at 40°C for 2 h until the mixture became homogeneous and then Et3N was
removed in vacuo. The resulting aqueous solution was acidified (10% HCI/H2O) and the mixture was
partitioned between H2O and ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4,
filtered and evaporated to give,156 as a white solid (6.0 g, 72 %). LMRS = 271.0 (M+1).
Step 2: N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(2,4-doxo-1,4-dihydro-2H-quinazorin-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide (compound
157)
[0239] The carboxylic acid 156 (1.72 g, 6.36 mmol) was suspended in a solution of NaOH (2.55
g, 63.6 mmol) in H2O (12 mL). To this solution was added dioxane (10 mL) until mixture became
homogeneous. The solution was cooled to 0°C in an ice-bath and methyl chloroformate (1.25 mL,
16.1 mmol) was added portionwise over 2 h. After completion of the reaction, the excess methyl
chloroformate and dioxane were removed in vacuo and the mixture was diluted with methanol (80
mL) and H2O (20 mL). The solution was heated to 50°C for 1 h. until the cyclization was complete.
Methanol was removed in vacuo and then the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate.
Subsequently, the aqueous phase was acidified (10% HCI/H2O) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 X
300 mL). These organic extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to
dryness. The resulting crude was triturated with warm methanol to afford the carboxylic acid as a
white solid (1.7 g, 90%). LMRS = 319.0 (M+Na).
[0240] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 92, step 2, but
substituting the quinazolinedione carboxylic acid for 143, the title compound 157 was obtained. 1H
NMR: (DMSO-d6) 0 11.56 (brs, 1H), 9.59 (brs, 1H), 7.96-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.67 (dt, J = 8.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H),
7.30 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dt, J = 6.9, 1.2
Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (brs, 2H), 4.86 (brs, 2H).

Example 99
N-(2-Amino-phenyl)-4-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,4-dihydro-2H-quinazolin-3-ylmethyl)-
benzamide (compound 158)
Step 2: 4-(1-Methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,4-dihydro-2H-quinazolin-3-ylnnethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
[0241] To a solution of the quinazolinedione carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 3.38 mmol) in DMF (7 mL),
was added K2CO3 (1.4 g, 10.1 mmol) and the mixture was then cooled to 0°C. Subsequently, Mel
(1.05 mL, 16.9 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to rt in the ice bath
overnight. Excess methyl iodide and DMF were removed in vacua and the crude was partitioned
between ethyl acetate and H2O. The aqueous phase was washed again with ethyl acetate, the
combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and then concentrated in vacuo to yield the
desired product as an off-white solid (0.93 g, 85%). LMRS = 325.0 (M+l).
Step 3: 4-(l-Methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,4-dihydro-2H-auinazolin-3-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid
[0242] To a suspension of the methyl ester (1.25 g, 3.85 mmol) in methanol (35 mL), was
added IN NaOH (30 mL, 38.5 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 45-50°C for 3 h. until it became
homogeneous. Methanol was removed in vacuo and the crude was partitioned between ethyl acetate
and H2O. The aqueous phase was acidified (10% HCI/H2O) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 X 300
mL). These organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford product 5
as a white solid (1.15 g, 96%). LMRS = 311.0 (M+1).
Step 4: N-(2-Arnino-phenyl)-4-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-l,4-dihydro-2H-quinazolin-3-ylmethyl)-benzamide
(compound 158)
[0243] Following a procedure analogous to that described in Example 92, step 2, but
substituting the carboxylic acid for 143, the title compound 158 was obtained in 10% yield. 1H NMR:
(DMSO-d6) ? 9.59 (brs, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.80 (dt, J = 6.9, 1.5
Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.8
Hz, 1H), 6.95 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.57

Documents:

257-kolnp-2004-granted-abstract.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-assignment.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-claims.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-correspondence.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-description (complete).pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-drawings.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-examination report.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-form 1.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-form 13.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-form 18.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-form 3.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-form 5.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-pa.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-reply to examination report.pdf

257-kolnp-2004-granted-specification.pdf


Patent Number 223053
Indian Patent Application Number 257/KOLNP/2004
PG Journal Number 36/2008
Publication Date 05-Sep-2008
Grant Date 03-Sep-2008
Date of Filing 25-Feb-2004
Name of Patentee METHYLGENE INC
Applicant Address 7220, FREDERICK-BANTING, ST. LAURENT, QUEBEC H4S 2A1
Inventors:
# Inventor's Name Inventor's Address
1 DELORME DANIEL 793 CHARBONNEAU ST LAZARE, QUEBEC J7T 2B2
2 VISBURG ARKADII 10 RIVERWOOD GROVE, KIRKLAND QUEBEC H9Z 2X2
3 WOO SUN HYUNG 1161 NIMITZ LANE, FOSTER CITY 94404
4 MORADEL OSCAR 27 ROLLAND-LANIEL, KIRKLAND, QUEBEC H9J 4A5
5 LEIT SILVANA 27 ROLLAND LANIEL, KIRKLAND, QUEBEC, H9J 4A5
6 RAEPPEL STEPHANE 5041 LAURIN, PIERRE-FONDS, QUEBEC H8Y 3R4
7 FRECHETTE SYLVIE 2380 DUFF COURT, APT #8, LACHINE, QUEBEC H8S 1G2
8 BOUCHAIN GILIANE 247 GLENGARY AVENUE, BEACONSFIELD QUEBEC H9W 5X9
PCT International Classification Number A61K 31/44
PCT International Application Number PCT/US02/29017
PCT International Filing date 2002-09-12
PCT Conventions:
# PCT Application Number Date of Convention Priority Country
1 60/391728 2002-06-26 U.S.A.
2 60/322402 2001-09-14 U.S.A.